Hide Notes 

Slide 1: from ThinkAboutIt Website Fifty years ago, an American pilot called Kenneth Arnold saw nine discs in the sky over Area 51 in Nevada, where the US military tests high-tech aircraft. The term ’flying saucer’ was born - and with it, a whole new subculture which believes that alien life is not only somewhere out there, but also here (indeed, probably in Area 51), ready to take over the world. Highway 93 winds through the Nevada Desert. There are no cars, no houses, no nothing, just sage brush and dust devils and a lunar landscape of grey mountains creeping into a neverending distance. At junction 375 a signpost says "Extraterrestrial Highway". The driver has strayed from normal space-time co-ordinates and is heading towards Rachel, the town that thinks of itself as the UFO capital of the world. Rachel is, in fact, a very small trailer park whose significance arises from the fact that it sits on the border of Area 51. This vast mass of desert land has been central to the UFO myth since, 50 years ago, a pilot named Kenneth Arnold spotted nine discs over Mount Rainer and the term ’Flying Saucer’ was born. People have never accepted that Area 51 is merely a highly classified military site devoted to testing high-tech aircraft. In 1988 it was claimed on TV that aliens lived there and, furthermore, they enjoyed eating ice-cream and listening to Tibetan Music. A year later, an individual named, Bob Lazar presented himself and announced that, when working as a physicist on the base, he had seen several flying saucers parked in hangers. Patrol guards carrying guns, surveillance cameras and notices saying that "USE OF DEADLY FORCE IS AUTHORIZED" have done much much to fan an interesting aura of secrecy. Consequently, Area 51 also known as Dreamland has become a mecca for the subversive, the hacker and those who have seen far too many episodes of the X-Files. John Holmgren sells T-shirts from a trailer named Close Encounters. On his desk there is a flyer advertising "support" for "contactee groups". On his wall there are quotes from the Bible. "My professional belief is that in 1947, when the Roswell crash happened, they brought the saucer here because they needed to reverse-engineer it and find out how it worked. I believe that fiber optics, microchips and Velcro were developed as a result of this." "Velcro John?" "Yes. When the aliens undid their space suits in New Mexico there was a ripping sound and it was discovered that they had no zips..." John has quite a lot of other theories. He is sure that a secret cabal known as Majestic 12 live in Area 51 where they are plotting to take over the world. They will do this by forcing the population to wear a "transpondental" chip without which it will be impossible to buy anything or drive. "The chip will be stamped into your right hand and if you don’t have a right hand, then it will be stamped on to your forehead". John is ready for the New World Order. "There are people with arsenals," he says. "My father is one of them. They are just waiting for the government to screw up. There are millions of people ready to start a war. I have got the supplies, now all I need is the Guns..."
Slide 2: Glen Campbell runs the Area 51 Research Center from a bright yellow trailer in Rachel. Designating himself as the token Sensible Person, he does not sell souvenirs, because they are "incompatible with serious research", but he does, oddly, sell videos of Monty Python’s Life of Brian, as well as the viewers guide, in which he writes : "This is a guide to hunting for UFOs and not secret aircraft but I do not honestly believe you are going to see any." Those searching for luminosities are, however, difficult to dissuade and they are most welcome down at dirt track where Joe and Pat Travis run a Little A-Le-Inn. The sign at the door says "Welcome Earthlings" and, behind the bar, there are alien heads and alien models, some of whom are dressed in Gestapo uniforms. There is also, more unnervingly, a raffle for the Pat Westcott Medical Fund whose first prize, proudly displayed, is a MK90 semi-automatic machinegun. Joe Travis has a beard and a very red face and has adorned his hostelry with color photographs so that the visitor can eat an "Alien Burger" ($2.75) surrounded by pictures of the "Alien Autopsy" in which the humanoid’s green leg is shown with a bleeding wound. "A few weeks ago, I saw a craft in the sky," says Pat Travis. It was cigar-shaped and it had porthole windows..." Pat and Joe understand that, in America, all experiences are marketable, and to this end, they provide a wide range of items displaying a bug-eyed, bald-headed logo. The Shop at the Little A-Le_inn sell alien jewellry, alien t-shirts, alien fridge magnets, Roswell dolls and Area 51 ashtrays. Some of these are supplied by Jim and Mary Greenen who spend their lives in a mobile home, traveling to UFO conferences around the country. A Visit to Dreamland (Area 51) by Kevin Vogt I’m not sure when I first got the idea to go attempt to view the rumored and elusive ’Aurora spy plane,’ but I had certainly considered it many times before setting out to do it. I still haven’t seen anything resembling the ’Aurora,’ but I did experience something that I will not soon forget. It was Thursday, March ll, 1993 at 1:45 p.m., and I was just finishing my last mid-term test before spring break at UNLV. Dr. Charley Pranter gave us an extra-credit question on the last page of the exam that simply asked "What will you be doing over spring break?" Why should I lie? I wrote that I was going straight from class to the northern edge of Nellis Range to an area called "Groom lake" or "Area 51" also known as "Dreamland" to try to view Americas newest top-secret Spy Plane, "Aurora!" From all the speculation that I have read, Aurora is allegedly a Mach 6 to Mach 8 spy, plane using advanced technology in the design and propulsion systems. It may or may not launch from a "Mother Ship," whose job is to get the "Aurora" to a sufficient speed and altitude to ignite the advanced pulse engines. There is also speculation that the only reason that the Air Force retired the SR-71 Blackbirds is that they have new toys to replace the old ones. Reports claim that people in the area of Groom Lake have heard strange, loud pulsing noises that may be the sounds of the advanced engines that power Aurora. Armed with just enough information to be dangerous, I set out to find whatever was out there. I drove north on US 93 to Highway 375 and continued on to "Groom Lake Road." I had a current Aeronautical Sectional map of the area and used it as a reference as I made my way in my silver 1978 VW Rabbit diesel (with Texas plates) to the vicinity of Area 51. I drove down the long and straight road until I reached signs on both sides that stated restrictions to just about everything. On the other side of the signs was a four-wheel-drive vehicle with two individuals in desert
Slide 3: camouflage uniforms. I turned around and headed back out to what I now know as Castle Rocks Road. I watched my mirrors to see if these guys were following me but could see nothing behind me. I turned South on Castle Rock Road and started looking for a place to park and watch the skies for anything unusual. As an experienced military aircraft watcher, I thought I could distinguish known aircraft, modern or dated, from anything else that might exist. Because one of my hobbies is watching and monitoring military aircraft, I frequent Nellis Air Force Base and sit at the departure end of runway 3 or the approach end of runway 21 and monitor the local control frequencies. I listen for IFE’s (in flight emergencies) and see if I can personally see the problem on the craft as they pass overhead. B-1’S will sometimes have to shut down an engine during a Red Flag exercise, or an F16 will develop a Hydrazine leak and have to return to base and have to have an "Arrested Landing"-- what a fiasco! F117- A’s, (call-signs Stealth 1 and Stealth 2) will take-off just after dark on practice missions and once the gear are retracted will assume "Stealth Mode" without lights. An hour and forty minutes later they will return to the base. Black T-38’s from Holloman AFB will fly in earlier in the day before these flights. As I started along Castle Rock Road, I passed through a ravine and unfortunately struck a rock with the oil pan of my car. This incident seemed to have damaged my oil pan as well as my transmission. My car was, now inoperable. I surveyed the situation and realized that I wasn’t going to drive my car out of there and I sure didn’t want to walk to Rachel or Alamo, the nearest areas of human populations. It was almost 5:15 p.m. so I decided to set out and look for the Cammo guys in the 4x4. I thought that the easiest way to find these or any other humans would be to climb to the highest point in the vicinity and look for anyone I could find. I gathered up everything valuable from my car and set out. In my fanny pack I had: a loaded Taurus 357 magnum, my radar detector, a water bottle, candy, a compass, a Las Vegas Aeronautical Sectional, a March ’93 Popular Science, and a Mag-Light flashlight. I had warm clothes, hiking boots, ski gloves, a hat and my 20x50 binoculars. I started hiking East-South-East right up the center of a dry arroyo since it was the smoothest path in that direction. Distances are deceiving in the open desert and my trek took longer than I anticipated. By 7:00 p.m. it was fairly dark and I was hiking without light so that I wouldn’t ruin my night vision. The moon rose to the East shortly after dark and travel became fairly easy again. I hiked on the lighter sandy soil and avoided the darker brush. After tripping over a few cacti and topping one ridge to find an even higher one to the East, I continued my trek. I was getting pretty good at avoiding Joshua trees, and at one point was avoiding what I thought to be another tree just past the saddle of a ridge when I looked up to see a pole with what looked to be an 18" shiny mirrored globe on top at about 10’ high. I had no idea what that was doing in the middle of the desert, and wasn’t sure I wanted to find out. I continued East-South-easterly down the face of this hill and climbed to the top of the next ridge. I figured that I would eventually reach the top or run into the fence around Area 51, When I topped the final hill I realized that I had gone too far! At the top of the hill, I had a perfectly clear and unobstructed view of Groom Lake Test Facility sparkling on the desert floor. There were no more hills or ridges between me and the facility. Now, for the first time I was scared, really scared. I knew that I was well within the boundaries of the installation, How could I have been permitted to romp so easily right on to a top secret military installation that doesn’t officially exist? Now what should I do? I sat on the top Eastward facing part of the hill at about 8:00 p.m. and tried to decide what to do. North of me about and estimated 500-600 yards away was what looked to be a small cube shaped building with a satellite dish on the southern side of it apparently facing south-southeast. There was also a tall tower with what looked to be a microwave dome pointing Easterly towards
Slide 4: the facility. There was a light on the Southeastern corner of the building with what appeared to be a Ford Bronco parked on the Eastern side. Looking at the facility itself, I could see a long runway running roughly northwest to Southeast. The runway had blue lights up and down the majority of the strip with a series of red lights on the ends. I couldn’t see any real details of the base itself except for many lights. There was a road leading from the building that led south along the base of the hill that I was very near the top of. The road went beyond the end of the runway and curved around west then back North to the complex. At one point I watched a vehicle travel the road from the complex to the building with the satellite dish. The vehicle appeared to be one of the Ford Bronco-type patrols. At approximately 8:05 p.m., it was a perfectly calm clear night without any clouds or wind, and I noticed what appeared to be three flares dropped from an aircraft to the Northeast of my position. Two to three minutes after this I saw three more flares to the Northwest. I then noticed that there were many airplanes all around me at in what was roughly a huge circle at what must have been a range of 20 miles more or less. I counted eleven planes all roughly orbiting in set positions. Through my binoculars, I could see these planes circling one way then the other over one space as if patrolling a set area. At about 8:15 p.m. as I was alternating between scanning the base and the sky, I noticed what appeared to be an aircraft taxi out onto the runway from the hanger area. The craft slowly taxied to a position headed Southeast on the runway away from the buildings. The aircraft stopped on the runway and sat for a minute or so. The other airplanes at a distance were still holding their positions in the sky. From my vantage point I could see the red and green running lights of the aircraft as well as the strobes flashing in various locations on the surface, I couldn’t make out any shape or features of the craft due to the darkness. The craft started a slow take-off roll to the Southeast and slowly and silently (from my position) lifted off in a short arc. The craft then slowly started emitting an orange-ish light. It wasn’t like someone flicked a switch and the light was on, it happened a little more slowly like turning a rheostat. It took maybe 2-3 seconds to gain full intensity. The light enveloped the craft so that I could no longer see the running lights or strobes. Within fifteen seconds, the craft appeared to stop and hover right over the field at an estimated attitude of 300-500 feet AGL. It appeared to stay motionless in this position for about five minutes. Through my binoculars, I could simultaneously see the runway lights and the apparently motionless craft. Next the craft quickly went from a stop to relatively fast rate down field about a mile, still apparently over the runway, then quickly back to an apparent hover again within about 20 seconds. The craft stayed in that position over the field for another 4-5 minutes, then appeared to quickly go straight up to an estimated altitude of 1000-1300 feet AGL then stop rising as quickly as it started. It remained at this altitude for another 4-5 minutes and then slowly descended in an arc starting downward then arcing northwestward over the runway, Three to five seconds before touching down, the glowing emission went away to reveal the strobes and running lights. The craft then taxied back toward the hangers and disappeared in the maze of lights. The aircraft around the perimeter then left their positions and went roughly south Vectoring well around the base. The entire time that the craft from the base was in the air, it never appeared to fly laterally so that its path took it anywhere other than over the runway. It also never made any noise that I could hear. When the craft made its transitions other than take-off and landing, it appeared to move much more quickly than a conventional helicopter or any other conventional known aircraft that I can identify (Harriers included). The entire flight from take-off to landing lasted about 15 minutes and other than the transitory movements was rather uneventful. After seeing this aircraft, I was intrigued. Although it wasn’t Aurora, I am certain that it is something that I have never seen before. I decided to stay a little longer to see if anything else
Slide 5: might happen. At about 9:50 p.m. a conventional fighter type jet (possibly an F-16 based on the sound) taxied out onto the same runway and took-off. It headed in a southern direction until out of sight. I might add that I could distinctly hear this jet from my position and still would have been able to hear it at 20% of its noise volume. Whatever was flying over the field earlier flew silently with absolutely no noise heard from my position. By 11:00 p.m. or so I had decided to try to sleep where I was and hike out to the Groom Lake Road entrance to the base at the first sign of light at dawn. After a little over an hour of squirming on the rocks, I chose to walk out then at l2: 00 p.m. I took an approximate compass heading to the north-east -- hoping to intersect the road just outside the base perimeter and find help. Either my estimate at a direction was wrong, or I went off course because when I came to the road, I was still 1/4 mile within the perimeter of the restricted area. I followed the road back to the warning signs and continued out of the base and on to BLM land. When I was about 200 yards outside the entrance, I heard a vehicle start and quickly speed towards me without headlights on (I’ll have to assume that they were using night vision equipment to see me). As they came close to me they turned on their high beams and skidded to a stop. I heard the doors open and then two men yelling frantically, "Drop what’s in your hands and raise your hands in the air." I dropped my binoculars and complied. They yelled, "What are you doing here?" I explained that my car broke down and that I was looking for help so I could get a ride out. The following is an approximate transcript of the "conversation". They yelled, "You have two automatic rifles aimed at you right now so keep your hands up and don’t move other than to talk." "Ok." "Where are the people you are with?" "I came alone!" "Don’t lie to me! Where is your camera?" "I don’t have one with me!" (one guy starts searching bushes beside the road with a flashlight) Yelling, "What’s in your fanny-pack?" "Some candy, water, a flashlight, a map, a radar detector ... the valuables from my car so nobody would steal them." "Anything else?" "Well... There is a loaded 357 magnum..." Screaming, "A WHAT?" "A 357 magnum for protection ... I" Screaming, "Keep your fuckin’ hands straight up in the air and do not-I repeat do not so much as move a muscle. My partner’s got a nervous trigger finger and right now he’s real nervous with that
Slide 6: gun in your pack!" At this point one of the two guys, a Caucasian, mid 40’s balding, fair skin, gold rim glasses walks where I can see him. He’s got a stocky build with fairly pale skin, short reddish-blonde hair and desert cammo fatigues, He appears to be holding an M-16 carbine with a paratrooper stock -pointing it at me. He tells the other guy to call "the Lieutenant" or "the Sergeant" (I forget which he said) to come evaluate the situation. For the next 20 or so minutes until their supervisor arrived, they drilled me with the same questions about whose Chevrolet Suburban was parked at the base of White Sides ... where were my friends ... where is my camera ... what did I see ... what was I really doing out there, etc. I explained that my car broke down and that I hiked over the side of the hill, not up the road and that is why they didn’t see me approach them. While I was explaining my situation, the younger guy, a clean cut Hispanic male, late 20’s or early 30’s started following my footprints back up the road. The conversation became more heated after they found that the prints lead 1/4 mile onto the base before going off road. They told me that their supervisor was approaching and that when he arrives that he will be in control of "the situation" and to follow his commands. This guy drove up behind me and parked with his high-beams on me. The supervisor was a taller guy with what looked to be reddish-brown hair, a mustache, and a pale complexion. He notified me that he was now in control of the situation and to turn and face him. I complied. He told me to unzip my leather jacket with one hand and then one corner at a time open my jacket so he could see inside. I did. He told me to reach down with my right hand and disconnect the quick release on my fanny pack, let it drop to the ground, and step away from it towards him. I did so. The Hispanic guy scurried in commando style and grabbed my pack and took it over and placed it on the ground beneath the headlights of the supervisor’s 4x4 and started going through it. He found everything just as I stated was in there. I gathered that they couldn’t search me or they would have by then, but they weren’t quite sure what to do with me. I even asked them to search me so that I could put my hands down and they wouldn’t. My hands remained in the air. They decided to call the Lincoln County Sheriff and turn the situation over to him when he arrived. In the mean time I had to stand with my hands in the air. The questions continued, the gun pointing continued, but their voices loosened up a little. There was at least a human tone to the older balding guys voice. I asked if I could at least zip my jacket since I was very cold and my knees were shaking. He allowed me to zip-up as long as I made slow movements. Then back up with the hands. It took Tracy, the Sheriff 50 minutes to travel from Alamo to where we were, and my, arms were in so much pain by the time he arrived that I was almost ready to call their bluff and slowly lower my hands, telling them that I couldn’t possibly keep them up anymore. I would have gladly laid spread eagle, face down in the dirt at that point. As the Sheriff was driving up beside the first vehicle, the supervisor explained that Tracy is now in control of the "situation" and I should follow his orders exactly. Tracy stepped out of his Blazer and cordially greeted everyone. He told me to first put my arms down and come fill out an incident report on the hood of his 4x4. Tracy is a Hispanic individual who looked early 40’s, fairly clean cut with glasses. He explained briefly about my car being damaged and wandering to the cammo guys for help. Nothing else! Tracy then gave my possessions back, told me not to load my pistol, and drove me back to my car to verify for the cammo guys that my story was true. The cammo guys followed us to the damaged car, Tracy easily determined that it wasn’t operable, and told the Cammo Guys who turned around and drove back west on Groom Lake Road.
Slide 7: We then started driving back to Alamo so he could drop me off at the Meadow Lane Motel for the rest of the night. On the way back Tracy asked me what I was really doing there ... off the record. I told him everything, every detail as I remembered it. After hearing my story, he told me that I had just witnessed a "Special Operation" and that I was lucky that the cammo guys didn’t find me on the base or the outcome would have been MUCH different. "Those guys mean business!" He said. He asked me if I knew why those planes were orbiting out in the distance. I told him that I assumed that they were there to keep other planes out of the area. Tracy explained that they were there to shoot that special craft down if the pilot decided to fly it out of the area. He also told me that the "Supervisor’s" wife worked as a waitress at the truck top in Alamo and that I would be well advised to refrain from talking about my experience with anyone there or anywhere else. We got to Alamo at around 3:30 a.m. and I checked into one of the rooms. It was tacky but clean, and the heater worked. That was all I needed. I slept like a baby before my morning departure. I woke up around 9:00 a.m., and walked to the truck stop for breakfast and started looking for a ride. A local rancher eating breakfast said he was going into Vegas a little later on and would take me along. What an adventure! I called to see what it would cost to tow my car back into Las Vegas and realized that I didn’t have the more than $400.00 to get it there. The repair costs and the towing would have cost much more than the car was worth, so I did nothing. I returned to the area since this ordeal, and my car is gone. Somebody found it worth towing! I thought of speculating about what I might have seen, but the possibilities are endless All I can say is that what I saw flew very differently from anything that I have ever seen before or since. One of my goals in life is to know what this was sometime before I die. No rush! UPDATE Here’s the EXECUTIVE ORDER about Area 51 signed by Mr. Bill Clinton: THE WHITE HOUSE WASHINGTON September 29, 1995 Presidential Determination No. 95-45 MEMORANDUM FOR THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE SUBJECT: Presidential Determination on Classified Information Concerning the Air Force’s Operating Location Near Groom Lake, Nevada. I find that it is in the paramount interest of the United States to exempt the United States Air Force’s operating location near Groom Lake, Nevada (the subject of litigation in Kasza v. Browner (D. Nev. CV-S-94-795-PMP) and Frost v. Perry (D. Nev. CV-S-94- 714-PMP)) from any applicable requirement for the disclosure to unauthorized persons of classified information concerning that operating location. Therefore, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 6961(a), I hereby exempt the Air Force’s operating location near Groom Lake, Nevada from any Federal, State, interstate or local provision respecting control and abatement of solid waste or hazardous waste disposal that would require the disclosure of classified information concerning that operating location to any unauthorized person. This exemption shall be effective for the full one-year statutory period. Nothing herein is intended to: (a) imply that in the absence of such a Presidential exemption, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) or any other provision of law permits or requires disclosure of classified information to
Slide 8: unauthorized persons; or (b) limit the applicability or enforcement of any requirement of law applicable to the Air Force’s operating location near Groom Lake, Nevada, except those provisions, if any, that would require the disclosure of classified information. The Secretary of the Air Force is authorized and directed to publish this Determination in the Federal Register. [Signed] William J. Clinton DULCE BASE THE FOLLOWING MATERIAL COMES FROM PEOPLE WHO KNOW THE DULCE (UNDERGROUND) BASE EXISTS. THEY ARE PEOPLE WHO WORKED IN THE LABS; ABDUCTEES TAKEN TO THE BASE; PEOPLE WHO ASSISTED IN THE CONSTRUCTION; INTELLIGENCE PERSONAL (NSA, CIA, FBI ETC.) AND UFO / INNER-EARTH RESEARCHERS. THIS INFORMATION IS MEANT FOR THOSE WHO ARE SERIOUSLY INTERESTED IN THE DULCE BASE. FOR YOUR OWN PROTECTION BE ADVISED TO "USE CAUTION" WHILE INVESTIGATING THIS COMPLEX. An ongoing investigation: "THE DULCE BASE" by Jason Bishop III This facility is a "GENETICS LAB" and is connected to Los Alamos, via a "TubeShuttle." Part of their research is related to the General Effects of Radiation (Mutations and Human Genetics). Its research also includes other "Intelligent Species" (Alien Biological Life Form "Entities"). In the revised September 1950 edition of "THE EFFECTS OF ATOMIC WEAPONS" prepared for and in cooperation with the U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, under the direction of the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, we read about how "complete Underground placement of Bases is desirable". On page #381: "There are apparently no fundamental difficulties in construction and operating Underground various types of important Facilities. Such facilities may be placed in a suitable existing mine or a site may be excavated for the purpose". CAUGHT IN THE GAME Centuries ago, Surface People (some say the Illuminati) entered into a pact with an "Alien Nation" hidden within the Earth. The U.S. Government, in 1933, agreed to trade Animals and Humans in exchange for High Tech Knowledge, and allow them to use (undisturbed) UNDERGROUND BASES, in the Western USA. A Special Group was formed to deal with the Alien Beings. In the 1940’s, "Alien Life Forms (ALF)" began shifting their focus of operations, from Central and South America, to the USA. The Continental Divide is vital to these "Entities". Part of this has to do with Magnetics (Substrata Rock) and High Energy States (Plasma). [See: BEYOND THE FOUR DIMENSIONS, Reconciling Physics, Parapsychology and UFOs by Karl Brunstein. Also: NUCLEAR EVOLUTION (Discovery of the ainbow Body) by Christopher Hills.] This area has a very high concentration of Lightning Activity, Underground Waterways and Cavern Systems, Fields of Atmospheric Ions, etc, etc.
Slide 9: WHO’S PLANET IS THIS? These Aliens consider themselves "Native Terrans". They are an Ancient Race (descendent from a Reptilian Humanoid Species which cross-bred with Sapient Humans). They are untrustworthy manipulative Mercenary Agents for another Extraterrestrial Culture (The DRACO) who are returning to Earth (their ancient "Outpost") to use it as a staging area. But, these Alien Cultures are in conflict over Who’s Agenda will be followed for this Planet. All the while Mental Control is being used to keep Humans "in place", especially since the Forties. The DULCE Complex is a Joint US Government / Alien Base. It was the first built with The Aliens (others are in Colorado, NV, AZ.) THE SECRET "ACTIVITY" Paul Benewitz reports, about his study into the Dulce area, "Troops went in and out of there every summer, starting in ’47. The natives do recall that. They also built a road - right in front of the people of Dulce and trucks went in and out for a long period. That Road was later blocked and destroyed... The signs on the trucks were ’Smith’ Corp. out of Paragosa Springs, Colorado. No such corporation exists now - no record exists..... I believe the Base - at least the first one was being built then under the cover of a lumbering project.... problem - they NEVER hauled logs. Only BIG Equipment". R&D AND THE MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX THE RAND CORP. became involved and did a study, for the Base. Most of the lakes near Dulce were made, via Government grants ’for’ the Indians. NAVAJO DAM is the main source for conventional electrical power, with a second source in EL VADO (also, an entrance). Note: If RAND is the mother of "THINK TANKS", then the "FORD FOUNDATION" must be considered the father. Rand secrecy is not confined to ’Reports’, but on occasion extends to Conferences and Meetings. On page #645 of The PROJECT RAND, proceedings of the DEEP UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION SYMPOSIUM (March 1959) we read: "Just as airplanes, ships and automobiles have given man mastery of the surface of the Earth, Tunnel-Boring Machines... will give him access to the Subterranean World". Note: The Sept. 1983 issue of "OMNI" (pg#80) has a color drawing of "THE SUBTERRENE", the Los Alamos nuclear-powered tunnel machine that burrows through the rock, deep underground, by heating whatever stone it encounters into molten rock (magma), which cools after the SUBTERRENE has moved on. These underground tubes are used by electro-magnetically powered "Subshuttle vehicles", which can travel at great speeds. They connect the "Hidden Empire" Sub-City Complexes. Also, the top-secret project code-named: "Noah’s ARK", uses "TUBE-SHUTTLES" in connection with a system of over 100 ’Bunkers’ and ’Bolt Holes’ which have been established at various places on Earth. With other Bases inside the Moon and Mars.
Slide 10: • • • • • • • • • Many of these underground Cities are complete with streets, sidewalks, lakes, small electric cars, apartments, offices and shopping malls. There were over 650 attendees to the 1959 RAND Symposium. Most were representatives of the Corporate-Industrial State, like: THE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY AT&T HUGHES AIRCRAFT NORTHROP CORP. SANDIA CORP. STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE WALSH CONSTRUCTION COMPANY THE BECHTEL CORP COLORADO SCHOOL OF MINES, ETC, ETC. BECHTEL (pronounced BECK-tul) is a supersecret international corporate octopus, founded in 1898. Some say the firm is really a "SHADOW GOVERNMENT" - a working arm of the CIA. It is the largest construction and engineering outfit, in the USA and the WORLD (and some say BEYOND). The most important posts in the US Government are held by former BECHTEL Officers. They are part of "The WEB" (an interconnected control system) which links the Tri-Lateralist plans, the C.F.R., the Orders of "Illuminism" (Cult of the All-Seeing Eye) and other interlocking groups. SURVIVING THE FUTURE The DULCE FACILITY consists of a Central "HUB", the Security Section, (also some photo labs). The deeper you go, the stronger the Security. This is a multileveled Complex. There are over 3000 cameras at various High-Security locations (exits and Labs). There are over 100 Secret Exits near and around Dulce. Many around Archuleta Mesa, others to the south around Dulce Lake and even as far east as Lindrith. Deep sections of the Complex connect into natural Cavern Systems. A person who worked at the Base, who had an "ULTRA 7" Clearance, reports: "There may be more than seven levels, but I only know of seven. Most of the Aliens are on 5-6-7 Levels. Alien housing is Level Five." 21st CENTURY POWER: "BIO-TECH" We are leaving the Era of expendable resources, like Oil based products. The Power of the Future is Renewable resources... "Biologically" Engineered. The Dulce Genetic Research was originally funded under the cloak of "BLACK BUDGET" Secrecy. (Billions $$$$) They were interested in intelligent "Disposable Biology" (Humanoids), to do the dangerous Atomic (Plutonium) Rocket and Saucer experiments. We Cloned "our" own little Humanoids. Via a process perfected in the BioGenetic Research Center of the World, Los Alamos! Now we have our own disposable slave-race. Like the Alien "Greys" (EBES), the US Government clandestinely impregnated females, then removed the hybrid fetus, (after three months) and then accelerated their growth in the Lab. Biogenetic (DNA
Slide 11: Manipulation) programming is then instilled - they are "Implanted" and controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions. Many Humans are also being "Implanted" with Brain Transceivers. These act as telepathic "Channels" and telemetric brain manipulation devices. The network-net was setup by DARPA (Advanced Research Project Agency). Two of the procedures were, RHIC (Radio-Hypnotic Intercerebral Control) and EDOM (Electronic Dissolution of Memory). The brain transceiver is inserted into the head thru the nose. These devices are used in the Soviet Union and the United Stated, as well as Sweden. The Swedish Prime Minister Palme gave the National Swedish Police Board the right (in 1973) to insert brain transmitters into the heads of human beings COVERTLY! They also developed ELF and EM wave propagation equipment (RAYS) which affect the nerves and can cause nausea, fatigue, irritability, even death. This is essentially the same as Richard Shaver’s Cavern "Telaug" Mech. This research into biodynamic relationships within organisms ("BIOLOGICAL PLASMA") has produced a RAY that can change the "genetic structure" and "HEAL". Shaver’s Cavern "BEN-Mech" could HEAL! WARNING: MANIPULATION AND CONTROL FEAR, FRAUD AND FAVOR... The Pentagon, the CIA, NSA, DEA, FBI, NSC, etc. seek to capitalize on the Beliefs of the American Public. The Secret Government is getting ready to ’stage’ a Contact-Landing with "ALIENS" in the near future. This way they can ’CONTROL’ the release of Alien related Propaganda. We will be told of an Inter-Stellar Conflict. But... what looks real, may be "FAKE". What is disinformation? Is your attention being diverted by the Strategy of a "SHADOW PLAN"? COVERT AND COVERT RESEARCH As US Energy Secretary, John Herrington named the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory and New Mexico’s Los Alamos National Laboratory to house new advanced genetic research centers as part of a Project to decipher the Human Genome. The Genome holds the genetically coded instructions that guide the transformation of a single cell - a fertilized egg - into a Biological Being. "The Human Genome Project may well have the greatest direct impact on humanity of any scientific initiative before us today", said David Shirley, Director of the Berkeley Laboratory. Covertly, this research has been going on for years, at DULCE LABS. Level #6 is privately called "NIGHT-MARE HALL", it holds the Genetic Labs. Reports from workers who have seen bizarre experimentation, are as follows: "I have seen multi-legged ’humans’ that look like half-human /half-octopus. Also Reptilian-humans, and furry creatures that have hands like humans and cries like a baby, it mimics human words... also huge mixture of Lizard-humans in cages". There are fish, seals, birds and mice that can barely be considered those species. There are several cages (and vats) of Winged-humanoids, grotesque Bat-like creatures... but 3 1/2 to 7 feet tall. Gargoyle-like beings and Dracoreptoids.
Slide 12: Level #7 is worse, row after row of thousands of humans and human mixtures in cold storage. Here too are embryo storage vats of Humanoids in various stages of development. "I frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or drugged, but sometimes they cried and begged for help. We were told they were hopelessly insane, and involved in high risk drug tests to cure insanity. We were told to never try to speak to them at all. At the beginning we believed that story. Finally in 1978 a small group of workers discovered the truth. It began the Dulce Wars". (and a secret resistance Unit was formed) Note: There are over 18,000 "Aliens" at the Dulce Base. In late 1979, there was a confrontation (over weapons), a lot of Scientists and Military personnel were KILLED. The Base was closed for a while....But, it IS currently active. Note: Human and animal abductions (for their Blood and other parts) slowed in the mid-1980s, when the Livermore Berkeley Labs began production of artificial blood for Dulce. William Cooper states: "A clash occurred where in 66 people, of our people, from the National Recon Group, the DELTA group, which is responsible for Security of all Alien connected Projects, were killed." The DELTA Group (within Intelligence Support Activity) have been seen with badges which have a black Triangle on a red background. DELTA is the fourth letter of the Greek alphabet. It has the form of a triangle, and figures prominently in certain Masonic Signs. *EACH BASE HAS ITS OWN SYMBOL. The DULCE Base symbol is a triangle with the Greek letter "Tau", within it and then the symbol is inverted, so the triangle points down. * The Insignia of "a triangle and 3 lateral lines" has been seen on "Saucer (transport) Craft", The Tri-Laterial Symbol. * Other symbols mark landing sights and Alien Craft. INSIDE THE DULCE BASE Security Officers wear jumpsuits, with the Dulce Symbol on the front upper left side. The standard hand weapon, at Dulce is a "Flash Gun", which is good against Humans and Aliens. The ID card (used in card slots, for the doors and elevators) has the Dulce Symbol above the ID photo. "Government Honchos" use cards with the Great Seal of the U.S. on it. "The Cult of the All-Seeing Eye" (THE NEW WORLD ORDER) 13, "666" The Phoenix Empire....."9" "Illuminism"... "One out of many". After the Second Level, everyone is weighed, in the nude, then given a Uniform. "Visitors" are given an ’off white’ uniform. In front of ALL sensitive areas are scales built under the doorway, by the door control. The persons card must match with the weight and code or the door won’t open. Any discrepancy in weight (any change over three pounds) will summon Security. No one is allowed to carry anything into or out of sensitive areas. All supplies are put through a Security conveyor system. The Alien Symbol language appears a lot at the Facility. During the construction of the Facility (which was done in stages, over many years) the Aliens assisted in the Design and Construction materials. Many of the things assembled by the workers, were of a Technology they could not understand, yet...it would function when fully put together. Example: The elevators have no cables. They are controlled magnetically. The Magnetic system is inside the walls.
Slide 13: There are no conventional electrical controls. All is controlled by advanced Magnetics. That includes a magnetically induced ( phosphorescent ) Illumination System. There are no regular light bulbs. All EXITS are magnetically controlled. Note: it has been reported that, "If you place a large magnet on a entrance, it will affect an immediate interruption. They will have to come out and reset the system." THE TOWN OF DULCE The area around Dulce has had a high number of reported Animal Mutilations. The Government and the Aliens used the animals for Environmental tests, Psychological Warfare on people, ect. The Aliens also wanted large amounts of Blood for Genetic, Nutritional and other reasons. In the book, "ETs & UFOs - THEY NEED US, WE DON’T NEED THEM" by Virgil "Posty" Armstrong, he reports how his friends (Bob & Sharon) stopped for the night in Dulce and went out to dinner. "They overheard some local residents openly and vociferously discussing Extraterrestrial Abduction of townspeople for purposes of experimentation." The ET’s were taking unwilling human guinea pigs from the general populace of Dulce and Implanting Devices in their heads and bodies. The townspeople were frightened and angry but didn’t feel that they had any recourse since the ET’s had our Governments knowledge and approval. Recently, participants in a "field investigation" of the area near Archuletta Mesa, were confronted by two small hovering ’Spheres’. They all became suddenly ill and had to leave the area. "THE MONITORS": ABDUCTIONS In the Fifties, the EBES (Greys) began taking large numbers of humans for experiments. By the Sixties, the rate was speeded up and they began getting careless (they didn’t care). By the Seventies, their true colors were very obvious, but the "Special Group" of the Government still kept covering up for them. By the Eighties, the Government realized there was no defense against the "Greys". So... programs were enacted to prepare the Public for open contact with nonhuman "Alien" Beings. The "Greys" and the "Reptoids" are in league with each other. But, their relationship is in a state of tension. The "Greys" only known enemy is the Reptillian Race, and they are on their way to Earth. (Inside a Planetoid). Some forces, in the Government, want the Public to be aware of what is happening. Other forces (The Collaborators) want to continue making "whatever deals are necessary" for an Elite few to survive the conflicts. The Future could bring a Fascist "WORLD ORDER" or a transformation of Human Consciousness (Awareness). The struggle is NOW...your active assistance is needed. Prepare! We must preserve Humanity on Earth.
Slide 14: MIND MANIPULATION EXPERIMENTS The DULCE Base has studied Mind Control Implants, Bio-Psi Units, ELF Devices capable of Mood, Sleep and Heartbeat Control, etc,etc. D.A.R.P.A. (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) is using these Technologies to manipulate people. They establish ’The Projects’, set priorities, coordinate efforts and guide the many participants in these undertakings. Related Projects are studied at Sandia Base by "The Jason Group" (of 55 scientists). They have secretly harnessed the Dark Side of Technology and hidden the beneficial Technology from the Public. • • • • • • • • • Other Projects take place at "AREA #51" in Nevada... "DREAMLAND" [Data Repository Establishment and Maintenance Land] ELMINT [Electro-Magnetic Intelligence] CODE EMPIRE CODE EVA PROGRAM HIS [Hybrid Intelligence System] BW/CW IRIS [Infrared Intruder System] BI-PASS REP-TILES The studies on LEVEL #4, at DULCE, includes Human-Aura research, as well as all aspects of Dreams, Hypnosis, Telepathy, ect. They know how to manipulate the BIOPLASMIC BODY (of Man). They can lower your heart beat, with Deep Sleep "DELTA WAVES", induce a static shock, then re-program via a BrainComputer Link. They can introduce data and programed reactions into your Mind (Information impregnation - the "Dream Library". We are entering an ERA of the Technologicalization of Psychic Powers. The development of techniques to enhance man/machine communications Nano-Tech Bio-Tech Micro-Machines PSI-War E.D.O.M. (Electronic Dissolution of Memory) R.H.I.C. (Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control) various forms of behavior control (Via-Chemical Agents, Ultra-Sonics, Optical and other forms of EM Radiation). The Physics of "Consciousness." • • • • • • • BETTER LIVING THROUGH BIO-TECH??? The development of "BIO-TECHNOLOGIES" will mean a revolutionary change in the Life of every Human Being now on Earth! WARNING... FASCISM IS "CORPORATISM" We have passed the point of no return, in our interaction with the "Alien" Beings. We are guaranteed "A Crisis" which will persist until the final REVELATION (or conflict). The crisis is here. Global and real. We must mitigate or transform the nature of
Slide 15: the disasters to come and come they will. Knowing is half the battle. Read the book, "THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY" by Stan Deyo. THE PHANTOM EMPIRE: ABOVE THE LAW The Dulce Base is run by a "Board." The Chairman of the Board is JOHN HERRINGTON. JIM BAKER (of TENN) is the CIA link to Dulce. House Speaker JIM WRIGHT, D-Texas (the nations third highest office) is Treasurer at Dulce. There is currently a power struggle going on. As Rep. William Thomas, R-Calif., put it... Part of Jim Wrights problem is; "HE fails to understand what’s equitable and fair. It’s the arrogance of power." Even among his fellow Democrats, many find Wright to be "uncomfortably aloof". Wright’s operating style leaves him vulnerable. Most meetings of "The Dulce Board" are held in Denver and Taos (N.M.). Former New Mexico Senator Harrison "Last man on the Moon" Schmitt has full knowledge of Dulce. He was one of 7 Astronauts to tour the Base. In 1979, he held an "Animal Mutilation" conference in Albuquerque, N.M. This was used to locate researchers and determine what they had learned about the links between the "Mute" operations and the Alien/Government. Senator BRIAN (Nevada) knows about the "ULTRA" Secrets at "DREAMLAND" and Dulce. So do many others in the Government... this is what the UFO Researchers are up against.... so BE CAREFUL... they have KILLED to keep this info Secret. You now know more than they want you to know. They also have underwater Bases off the coast of Florida and Peru. More detailed information will be released in the near future, photos, video tapes, documents, etc. Watch out for AGENTS among you now. In the 1930’s, "DIVISION FIVE" of the FBI knew about the "Aliens". A Fascist cabal, within this country, had John Kennedy assassinated. Look to the links, within the larger Umbrella... the "WEB" of a fascist totalitarian secret police state... within the Pentagon, Joint Chiefs of Staff, DIA, FBI (Division Five), DISC/DIS and the CIA. Note: The DEFENSE INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES Insignia is a composite of the Sun’s Rays, a ROSE, and a Dagger, symbolizing "The Search for Information, Trustworthiness and Danger". Other links are Nazi scientists (who had contact with the "Aliens"), the S.S., Satanists, Permnidex, Exxon, the Mafia, NBC, etc, etc. This links with Caves used for "Initiation Rites" (all over the world)... ancient Vaults, Retreats, Alien Bases, and INNER-EARTH CIVILIZATIONS. MORE ON THE DULCE BASE The genetics base (underground) co-run by the US government and the Greys is near Dulce, New Mexico, just below the NM-CO border. It is VERY dangerous to go exploring there, cause if you’re caught, you’ll likely get a 1 way ticket to the base. One level is called Nightmare Hall where the Greys are doing hideous
Slide 16: experiments. You should read Matrix II by Valdamar Valerian if you really want to be shocked. As the governments are working with the Greys (including the Canadian gov’t), there’s not anything you can do except by becoming as aware as you can and spreading the information. There are a number of bases is the US and Canada as well as around the world. These bases are connected by a vast underground tunnel system. Matrix II has a map of the major bases of the southwestern US (underground/alien) and shows the connecting tunnels. One they didn’t list is the one beneath Boynton Canyon in Sedona, AZ. When I visited there last month, the locals were very willing to discuss their (common) experiences with alien craft. They tell of large military trucks traveling through Sedona to get to the underground access. These military trucks creep in during the wee hours of the morning. Locals tell of the black helicopters and how, if you’re daring enough, you can go to see them in the distance. I wouldn’t recommend it. The center of that base is said to be in Secret Canyon and they strongly urge no one go investigating that one. Human bones, I was told, have been found more than once and locals have disappeared there as well. Did you also know that the government uses the term IAC (identified alien craft) when referring to the ships? UFO is for civilian purposes. Strieber, who it is said works for the CIA, was chastised by the Greys for eating chocolate. According to his books, they can’t use your bodily fluids if you’ve been eating chocolate. Pass the Hershey bars! John Lear and I have been friends and colleagues got some years now. Currently I live in New Mexico and have been researching the Dulce Alien Base question since Paul Bennewitz began to send his reports to APRO in the Mid70’s. Although we have not been able to track down the exact location, and over the years it has become rumored that the base now no longer exist. However both John and I have been able to come up with witness accounts that indicate that the base did exist. One such witness was abducted with her son and taken there. We have a series of notes taken from Dr. Leo Sprinkle of the regression session with this woman which pretty much substantiates everything, including her viewing of a room with vats full of human body parts floating in it. Return to Underground Constructions Return to Zonas Offlimit
Slide 17: by John Rhodes from Reptoids Website If you doubt the possibility that the U.S. government "Black" projects engineers have he ability to secretly construct an underground tube-shuttle system, think again. Here is a quoted article that appeared in the Los Angeles Times newspaper on June 11, 1972. It is an interview with the lead physicist at the RAND corporation "think tank" about how economical, technologically achievable and environmentally friendly such a Very High Speed Transit (VHST) network would be if work on it were begun. LA TIMES, JUNE 11, 1972 "BEGIN ARTICLE QUOTE" L.A. to N.Y. in Half an Hour? 10,000 - M.P.H. Tunnel Train Plan Developed by Times Science Writer - George Getz A Rand corporation physicist has devised a rapid transit system to get you from Los Angeles to NY in half an hour for a $50 fair. He said existing technology made such a system feasible and so does a cost analysis. The essence of the idea is to dig a tunnel more or less along the present routes of U.S. highways 66 and thirty. The tunnel would contain several large tubes for East West travel of trains that float on magnetic fields, moving at top speeds of 10,000 mph. Passengers would faced forwarded during acceleration, backward during deceleration. According to R. M. Salter Jr. head of the physical sciences department at Rand, the idea of high-speed train travel using electromagnetic suspension was first put forward in 1905 and actually patented in 1912. The trains he suggested now would be single cars rather than actual trains, and would be big enough to carry both passengers and freight, including large containers and automobiles. Could Carry Automobiles
Slide 18: The cars, or gondolas, would leave the New York and Los Angeles terminals at one minute or even 30 second intervals. On the main line their would be intermediate stops at Amarillo and Chicago. Feeder lines would meet the main lines at both locations. Their would also be subsidiary lines coming into the two main terminals from such cities as San Francisco, Boston and Washington. The main idea of VHST, or Very High Speed Transit, developed originally in thinking about the satellite program and hyper sonic aircraft speeds." Salter said in an interview at Rand. "The underground tubes were for suggested as alternatives, perhaps not quite seriously, but it was soon apparent that the idea of a tunnel containing such tubes had a lot of real advantages." he said. Conservation of Energy In the first place, he explained there is the extremely important matter of the use and conservation of immense amounts of energy needed to move the vehicles at such great speed. "An airplane that travels faster than sound uses up a large part of its available energy supply just in climbing to an altitude where the speeds for which it is designed are possible." Salter said. "That's true of rockets to. Much of their energy is spent and lost forever and getting above the atmosphere." This would not be true for the VHST gondolas traveling on their electromagnetic rail beds, according to Salter. The tubes would be emptied of air, almost to the point of vacuum, so the trains would not need much power to overcome air resistance. They would not even have to be streamlined. In addition to an electromagnetic roadbeds, the opposing electromagnetic loops of wires in the floors of the gondolas would be super cooled with liquid Helium to further eliminate electrical resistance. Breaking Generates Power
Slide 19: Just as important, the gondolas would, like old-fashioned trolley cars, generate power as they break to a stop. "Since the trains would be leaving New York and Los Angeles simultaneously every minute, the power generated by cars breaking coming into the terminal would be transferred to the power lines propelling the cars going the other way." "For example, there will be halfway points between each stop. Trains would use power and getting to that halfway point, and generate power going the other half of the way to the stop. Each would use power generated by trains going in the other direction." That is the way trolley cars have operated for eighty years - taking power from the overhead lines while accelerating or running along at a steady speed, and putting power back into the lines while breaking or coasting. The big drawback to the Salter scheme is the cost of tunneling across the nation. He admitted that it would be expensive but it does not daunt him. "After the tunneling was finished, everything else would be practically free." He said. Even at the low fair he proposes, the enormous debt created by the tunneling would be amortized within a reasonable period if the number of passengers and the amount of freight came up to Salter's expectations. He figures the tunnel's would carry seven or 8 million tons of freight a day and that passengers would take to traveling back and forth between the Eastern West Coast has readily as they now fly between San Francisco and Los Angeles. "The technology of this is much easier than was developed for the space program." Salter said. And tunnels, he added, need not be so expensive to dig is people think. The most expensive thing about surface routes is the acquiring right-of-way and removing buildings that stand on the chosen route. The tunnel would not incur this expense. The tunnel, besides carrying tubes for passenger and freight gondolas, would carry many of the utilities now strung across the countryside on high wires. Salter said these underground power "lines" could be super-cooled with helium, like the electromagnetic loops in the floors of the gondolas. He said this would so reduce resistance that power could be transferred from one end of the country to the other without appreciable loss. At the present time long distance transportation of power is difficult because of the amount of energy wasted. He said laser beams could be carried in the tunnel for the instantaneous transmission of messages. Even the mail could go cross-country in pneumatic tubes carried in the tunnel. All this would save money and speed amortization, thus cutting the overall cost of tunneling. Salter said approximately 8000 miles of tunnel were dug in America and Western Europe in the 1960s. That includes mine shafts. But he said existing tunneling technology could be vastly improved. Salter said many tunnels are dug nowadays almost as they would have been in the dark ages. Drilling holes in tunnel faces, and using machines with rotary bits are methods of tunneling that can be improved, according to him. He said the tunnel could be worked on from a great many "faces," for instance. Salter suggested, too, that electronic beams or even water be used to drill holes for blasting. The high-powered electrons would drill blasting holes almost
Slide 20: instantaneously. Travel by Airplane Projections of future airplane and automobile travels in the United States, and the future train and truck transfer of freight, show that Salter's tunnel idea is not a science fiction fantasy. There will be more room in the tunnels for all the necessary transport than there will be over any feasible number of Airways and freeways and tracks. Salter's suggestion, according to the experts who have had a look at it, is an eminently practical one for handling all the necessary traffic cleanly and without clogging up the air and surface pathways. But it will such a system ever be developed? Salter himself is not optimistic. "Perhaps" is how he puts it. "I am not nearly so optimistic about the political aspects of the problem as I am about our technical capability of doing the job." He said. "History shows that some obviously feasible and practical projects, such as the tunnel proposed over and over again for connecting England and France under the English channel, can be put off for centuries because of political pressure. On the other hand, societies with relatively primitive technology can perform such engineering feats as the erection of impairments." Is the VHS T too far out? Salter suggested that to get the right perspective we should look back 100 years. Comparison Made By comparing transportation a century ago and transportation today, one gets a better feel for just how practical VHST is. It appears to be a logical next step, and much more practical than its alternatives of filling the highways and Airways with more and more individually guided vehicles. "This alone is a compelling reason for the high-speed system." Salter said. There are others, according to him. "We can't afford any longer to continue indefinitely to pollute the skies with heat, chemicals, not to mention noise, or to carve up the land with pavement." He said. "We also need to get the trucks and many of the cars off the highway to make the roads available to drivers who drive the family car for fun and convenience." "END ARTICLE QUOTE" Additional RAND - Robert Salter papers regarding Very High Speed Transit (VHST) or Planetary Transportation (PLANETRAN) systems planning are available through the RAND links preceding each document number. RAND Document No: P-4874 Year: 1972 Pages: 17 Title: The Very High Speed Transit System. Author(s): Robert M. Salter Cost: $ 10.00 Keywords: Air pollution; City planning; Pollution; Urban transportation ABSTRACT: Description of a very high speed transit (VHST) system operating in its own rarefied atmosphere in evacuated tubes in underground tunnels. Most cases considered took less time to go coast-to-coast (e.g., 21 min) than it takes an aircraft to climb to an efficient operating altitude. VHST's tubecraft ride on, and are driven by, electromagnetic (EM) waves. In accelerating, it employs the energy of the surrounding EM field; in decelerating, it returns most of this energy to the system. Tunnel systems would be shared by oil, water, and gas pipelines; channels for laser and microwave waveguides; electric power lines including superconducting ones; and freight systems. Environmental and economic benefits are substantial, and the technology for building and operating the system exists. 17 pp. .
Slide 21: . RAND Document No: P-6092 Year: 1978 Pages: 35 Title: Trans-Planetary Subway Systems: A Burgeoning Capability. Author(s): Robert M. Salter Cost: $ 10.00 Keywords: Railroads; Tunnels; Underground structures; Urban transportation ABSTRACT: Describes a subway concept called "PLANETRAN" comprising electromagnetically supported and propelled cars traveling in underground evacuated tubes, able to cross the United States in one hour. It is designed to interface with local transit systems, and the tunnel complex also contains utility transmission and auxiliary freight-carrying systems. Tunnels represent a major problem area and most of the cost. They will be placed several hundred feet underground in solid rock formations. It will require advanced tunnel-boring machines, such as hypersonic projectile spallation, laser beam devices, and the "SUBTERRENE" heated tungsten probe that melts through igneous rocks. PLANETRAN is rated as a system high in conservation of energy. For every car being accelerated, there is one decelerating in an adjoining tube. The decelerating cars return energy to the system. The tubes have a reduced atmosphere, making drag losses much smaller than for aircraft. Coast-to-coast energy costs are expected to be less than $1.00 per passenger. (Presented at the AAAS Annual Meeting, Washington, D.C., February 1978.) 35 pp. . . RAND Document No: N-3280-AF/NASA Year: 1992 Pages: xxiii, 94 ISBN: 0833020099 Title: Space and Surface Power for the Space Exploration Initiative: Results from Project Outreach. Author(s): Calvin Shipbaugh, Kenneth A. Solomon, Dan Gonzales, Mario L. Juncosa, Theodore W. Bauer, Robert M. Salter Cost: $ 7.50 Keywords: Electricity in astronautics; Space vehicles--Auxiliary--Power supply; EXTRATERRESTRIAL BASES --Energy consumption Note: RAND/WD-5192-AF/NASA; RAND/N-3283-AF/NASA; RAND/N-3284-AF/NASA; RAND/N-3287AF/NASA ABSTRACT: This Note describes the findings of the Space and Surface Power panel, one of eight project panels evaluating submissions to the Space Exploration Initiative (SEI) Outreach Program, or Project Outreach. The submissions screened by the Space and Surface Power panel proposed systems that can be classified into at least one of five technical areas: (1) power generation (solar power, nuclear power, fuel cells, batteries, and "other"), (2) power transmission, (3) energy storage, (4) thermal management, and (5) handling. The panel screened 167 submissions and selected the 22 highest-ranked ones for further analysis. The submissions that appeared to offer the best overall potential dealt with nuclear power sources, power beaming, the development of in-situ resources (including the use of solar dynamic power), and thermal management. Some lower-ranked submissions also contained interesting and potentially useful system concepts, and the authors evaluated some concepts not suggested in the submissions, including rechargeable high-energy density batteries, high-speed flywheels, and superconducting storage rings. A number of space and surface power issues became apparent and were examined by the panel members: (1) environmental implications of SEI power systems, (2) use of in-situ materials, (3) nuclear vs. non-nuclear power, (4) start-up vs. evolutionary power needs, (5) manned vs. unmanned system requirements, and (6) development of new power transmission methods. . . JR Note: This document regarding extraterrestrial power supplies, co-authored by R. Salter, is included for your review in advance of one question. Could Salter have been advocating the idea of sending remotely controlled "Subterrene" TBMs to the Lunar or Martian subsurface [ahead of time?] to melt [airtight!] tunnels in which later arriving astronauts could live and work in? Furthermore, couldn't the Subterrene power-packs be used after underground construction for powering regular underground base operations? It would seem a logical and economical approach (surface bases require re-enforced materials that are imported from Earth. What an expense that would be!)
Slide 22: Return Contents 1. Remote Viewing Underground UFO Bases - by Cassandra 'Sandy' Frost 2. Mount Ziel Underground Facility in Australia's Northern 3. Russia - Alien Base in The Mountains of Caucasus? 4. Deep Underground Military Bases - report by Greg Szymanski Return to Underground Anomalous Constructions Return to Temas / Vida Alienigena Return to Temas / Sociopolitica Return to Vision Remota Territory - by James Casbolt Remote Viewing Underground UFO Bases by Cassandra 'Sandy' Frost Soultravel.nu November-28-2005 from Rense Website is the author of 'Captain of My Ship, Master of My Soul' and is an internationally acclaimed speaker. He was personally hired by Robert Monroe in June, 1988 and he currently works as the Research Director for the Monroe Institute: monroeinstitute.org Joe McMoneagle runs his own Remote Viewing company Intuitive Intelligence Applications at mceagle.com, has written MIND TREK, The
Slide 23: Ultimate Time Machine, Remote Viewing Secrets and THE STARGATE CHRONICLES: Memoirs of a Psychic Spy. He most recently astounded Japanese police by Remote Viewing a woman in her apartment who'd been missing for 27 years. lives a quiet life in a remote part of the mid-west, is involved with Native American culture, participates in pow wows and is ViceCommander of the Mohican Veterans. Remote Viewing is a very controversial thing. But what is even more controversial is when the best Remote Viewers have perceptions of several underground UFO bases on Earth. Some months ago the former Canadian minister of defense asked Canadian Parliament to hold hearings on relations with alien "ET" civilizations. He speaks of finally disclosing the biggest secret in human history, ET presence on Earth. When then Lt. F. Holmes 'Skip' Atwater began the US Army Remote Viewing Star Gate program in 1978, he had no idea that he'd challenge his viewers with targets like underground UFO bases. Atwater grew up in a southern California home where it was normal to talk about things like leaving your body and hands on healing. During the Vietnam Era, on February 14, 1968, he joined the Army as an intelligence specialist. Along the way, Atwater had read 'Journeys Out of the Body' by Robert Monroe, which described how Hemi-Sync (tm) binaural (in both ears) beats enhanced learning, induced out of body experiences and stimulated different states of consciousness. He also read 'Mind Reach' by physicists Hal Puthoff, Ph.D. and Russell Targ, who later introduced him to remote viewing. He was asking questions like, 'What is this remote viewing? What is Monroe discovering about our consciousness with his Hemi-Sync applications?' In 1977, Atwater packed up his wife and three kids and headed towards his new duty station, Ft. Meade, Maryland, to join the US Army's elite Intelligence and Security command program, Systems Exploitation Detachment or SED. He worked on the Sensitive Activity Vulnerability Estimate or SAVE team. Cold war commanders were expected to take measures to protect ALL aspects of their operational capabilities. Once a new threat was identified, the SAVE team would 'attack' a command, challenging all aspects of security. Exploring his new Ft. Meade office, Atwater opened up his safe and discovered three Department of Defense documents "mistakenly" left by his predecessor. The first two described the Soviet Union's research into psychic spying. The third was written by Targ and Puthoff and described remote-viewing research at SRI International in Menlo Park. Atwater read a 1972 report on how the Soviets were conducting parapsychology research at over 20 separate institutions with an annual operating budget of over 21 million dollars. The KGB funded this research. The other document described 'bio-information' such as telepathy, precognition and clairvoyance and bio-energetics like psychokinesis and telekinesis. 'Sounds like remote viewing to me,' Atwater thought. Soviet Remote Viewing was now considered as a potential security threat. The third document described Project SCANATE, highly classified, CIA funded remote-viewing research conducted primarily at SRI that demonstrated the ability of remote-viewing surveillance to acquire and report intelligence to the intelligence community.
Slide 24: What is RV? According to Atwater, Remote Viewing is, "The acquisition and description, by mental means, of information blocked by ordinary perception by distance, shielding or time. A way of perceiving something with mental powers alone using a scientifically designed, protocol driven structured process for acquiring information." Typically, a viewer and interviewer are isolated with a target, which may be a picture or randomly generated numbers, in a sealed envelope. Neither know what the target is and are both blind to the target. This is known as working 'double blind' so the interviewer can't feed information to the viewer. The interviewer might ask 'Describe the location inside the envelope?' The viewer might then make sketches or jot down brief word descriptions. Atwater then designed a proto-type RV program to assess if we could defend and/or hide our secrets from the Soviets and began working with SRI to orient the first six candidates to remote viewing. As operations and training, Atwater needed to, 'determine the operational capabilities and limitations of remote viewing, identifying and developing the individual RV skills, and test and evaluate the accuracy of remote viewing on unique targets.' Challenge targets such as ET's and UFOs were used to hone skills and stretch RV capabilities. Pat Price's Underground UFO Bases Atwater not only worked with Robert Monroe to develop his training program, he also cooperated with Targ and Puthoff at SRI and learned of a viewer named Pat Price. Former CIA director Stansfield Turner described Price as, 'A man who could 'see' what was going on anywhere in the world through his psychic powers.' Chicago Tribune, August 13, 1977. One day in 1973, Price walked into Hal Puthoff's office, tossed a file on his desk and said, 'You might be interested in these UFO bases.' Price believed that ET's had established four underground bases, had remote viewed them and provided Puthoff with descriptions of their locations and functions. Hal Puthoff, Ph.D., founded and directed the CIA funded Remote Viewing program at SRI from 1972 to 1985. Price, who died under mysterious circumstances in 1975, was believable had a proven RV track record and had neither agenda nor any axe to grind. Puthoff passed the same folder on to Atwater in the early '80's, saying, 'You might be interested in this.' At this point, it's important to note that Price's information was viewed without protocols, the results were not officially reported and Price did not use sealed envelopes. Price's report stated that the bases primary purpose was to 'reinforce B.T.L. implants, transport of new recruits and overall monitoring function.' Today, Atwater has no idea what B.T.L. implants are and to his knowledge, no one has remote viewed this term. Price also reported that the base inhabitants looked like us, homosapiens, except for the heart, lungs, blood and eyes. He reported that the sites were highly protected from discovery, mutually supportive, and had very high technology. He also noted that they used 'thought transfer for motor control of us.'
Slide 25: Mount Perdido So where are these bases? The first is at Mt. Perdido is in the Pyrenees Mountains, between France and Spain. 'A famous set of caves in the Pyrenees have ancient drawings of ancient astronauts and flying spacecraft,' Atwater explained. 'And there have been a number of sightings here.' Mt. Perdido, aka Mt. Perdu, is 3,352 m, 11,007 ft. high and is the third highest mountain in the Pyrenees. It's about a quarter inch west of Andorra. Price reported that the main base was protected around a 2-mile perimeter with detectors. Several craft were in the launch recovery area and had what looked like an electromagnetic field propulsion system. Price's next underground base location is Mt. Inyangani, the highest mountain (2,592 m, 8,503 ft) in Zimbabwe, formerly Rhodesia, Africa. 'Actually, it's more of a maintenance and tech center,' Price viewed. 'This base looks like overhaul and maintenance unit. I see lots of spare equipment. Parts are being welded in a vacuum area with window area then parts are fused. A grayish white powder is pasted on both parts then fused.' His attention was drawn to unit that several were working on. It is a tubular grid system 'for ionizing a layer of air.' Mount Hayes The next site is at Mt. Hayes, Alaska. It appears to be a weather and geological center and has similar security measures to prevent discovery. He described 'computer equipment' and followed leads on an 'oscilloscope' which led to a small box like structure which contained rotational antenna that sat on top of a mountain peak. The receiver seemed to be part of a detection system. 'If they were discovered,' Price wrote, 'personnel are deployed physically in activity to make sure of failure of that certain project. This site has also been responsible for strange activity and malfunction of US and Soviet space projects.' Atwater suggested that if a probe was launched over this part of Alaska, that it might be interfered in some way, to prevent detection of the Mt. Hayes base. 'It comes to mind that these 'people' have infiltrated all government in sensitive positions, not to control government, the processes or people, but rather to be in positions of power to stop politically any activity that may produce a result that could cause discovery.' Mount Ziel The fourth site is Mt. Ziel, a personnel center, in Australia's Northern Territory. 'It is interesting that this unit appears to have the most personnel. There are personnel from the other three sites here, like a rest and recreation area.' For a few moments, Price felt slightly disoriented and decided they had detected him so he led them to Melbourne. Price returned to the site and saw vehicles from the other bases, with each having different ID marks that correspond to each site's different functions. 'Mt. Ziel had personnel for all bases and is the homosapiens introduction point.' he observed.
Slide 26: Price also noted that the site should be approached with caution and that the area was under alert at that moment. Is any of this true? Atwater looked at Price's data and asked 'Is any of this true?' After reviewing the file, Atwater conferred with Puthoff. Puthoff told Atwater that a colleague of his knew northern Australia's CIA station chief and had decided to call him and ask what was going on. The colleague called and asked, 'Hey, is there anything unusual going on down there?' The station chief answered 'No, this is a dead assignment, nothing is going on other than all those UFO's flying around Mt. Ziel.' Atwater now oversaw a cadre of skilled remote viewers and needed challenge targets. In 1982, he pulled Puthoff's file from his drawer and thought, 'Here are some interesting targets to look at. What would happen if I used these as training targets? If they tell me that there is UFO stuff there, it will corroborate what Pat Price said.' Atwater emphasizes that this targeting was his idea, that there was no CIA or military tasking. He was a military officer in a military unit using his own challenge targets to test and evaluate the viewers he was training to see how they were progressing. As such, the challenge targets were viewed under strict protocol. In July, 1982, Atwater gave Joe McMoneagle a challenge target of Mt. Hayes. 'I've never seen anything like it' he began. 'It's like walking into a place I have no familiarity with at all. It's not just something you describe. It's all brand new. There's a desolate open range of mountains.' McMoneagle perceived a mountainous location with underground tubes and tunnels and ball shaped objects. 'The whole thing is underground and is powered by like an atomic power plant. I have seen something and don't have the rudimentary terms to describe it,' McMoneagle continued. According to McMoneagle 'This is a prototype of something. I don't get an aggressive nature to this target. I don't sense the presence of individuals at the target.' McMoneagle went on to draw some radio type of intercept things. The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program HAARP Array is about 100 miles SE of Mt. Hayes. 'If you ask Joe McMoneagle today about the Mt. Hayes site,' Atwater explained 'he'll say it was more like a radio site or something that NSA would put up there and that he doesn't remember anything about UFOs, so we have an interesting dilemma.' 'All of the drawings and comments support a number of probable possibilities,' McMoneagle said. 'One is underground UFO Bases. The other is an Over-theHorizon Radar site. Another would be some other form of system like the HAARP which is still classified.' Star Gate team member Mel Riley, US Army, ret., was given this same target in November, 1986. Riley's introduction to RV happened when an agent on the ground had taken a picture of a piece of military machinery that was completely covered by canvas. He told his comrades that
Slide 27: he could draw what was under the canvas. He proceeded to draw what he pictured and in his terms, the feedback he received was, "It totally freaked them out". Immediately thereafter, Mel was asked to go to Ft. Meade. He worked in the unit as a viewer, project officer, monitor, and analyst. He began with the impression that structure is some sort of UFO. 'A dark figure is seated at a circular control panel, another light figure is in the background,' he viewed. 'The structure is located within a mountain with a large triangular peak with a large lake at the base of the mountain,' Riley recorded. 'There are two people walking outside and two people inside the structure. Inside the structure sits something that looks similar to an organ. The word observing comes to mind. There appears to be some sort of screen or monitor.' Update, September 1, 2004 Mel Riley's notes from an email dated Sun, 21 Apr 2002 08:35:22 -0500. The structure mentioned in the Mt. Hayes session was not a UFO. It was merely a complex located within the mountain. Fortunately I have a copy of the monitor's summary. I will include it here in its entirety. MR/24NOV86/MT HAYES: (See sketches), triangular peak, inside domed, cavernous, tunnels, rough, natural, (AOL-like being inside NORAD), two persons outside (unable to make contact with them or gain information of any sort, fossils, music box melody, reminds me of Switzerland: site appears to be a structure located within a mountain which has a triangular peak, there is a large lake at the base of this mountain which is surrounded by high rugged mountains or cliffs, it seems fairly impenetrable, there were two people walking around outside of the structure and two people inside the structure, one of the people inside the structure sat at a circular position which appeared to look similar to an organ because of the keys, buttons and switches (the word "observing" comes to mind), it appeared to be some sort of screen or monitor, but could not make it out clearly, entity at console appears to be human in form but lacks definitive facial features, he seems friendly enough and invited me to observe his actions at the console The above is complete and verbatum. For this session I was completely blind as to what the target was. I was given only a set of coordinates and asked to describe the location. The coordinates given were the actual latitude/longitude of Mt. Hayes, Alaska. Hope the above info is of help, Mel 'When I saw Mel's drawing,' Atwater said 'it reminded me of the oscilloscope description given by Pat Price, his idea of some sort of a round sort of screen you might watch signals on.' Atwater concludes, 'The two viewings above are part of others that appear to confirm the existence of these bases. These sites are described as protected from discovery, mutually supportive in purpose, and of very high technology. The later data reports the site's purpose as benign and involving precise observation, location,
Slide 28: relay, and perhaps some navigational use. These data also indicate that the sites may not always be occupied and may be somehow connected with a deep space object.' 'So it's entirely possible that some sort of extraterrestrial civilization checks in every now and then but does not man a 24/7 kind of a crew. It's a possibility.' 'We are not alone in all that is, he continued. 'But should we expect that our companions are made of the same "stuff" as we are? I think not. It's hard to grasp the idea of a periodic table different from ours, given our closed-end perspective of physical reality.' 'I would suspect that given an alternative zero-point field environment, atoms and electrons would combine differently and that process would yield far different intelligent life than we know,' Atwater hypothesized. 'Perhaps that is why physical contact with extraterrestrials is so rare.' 'The answer may be in seeking contact on the mental and spiritual planes beyond the often-narrow confines of physical reality,' he concluded. 'For our presence here is transient and our spiritual existence is timeless.' Back to Contents Mount Ziel Underground Facility in Australia's Northern Territory by James Casbolt from JamesCasbolt Website According to my NSA contact 'X3' the Mt Ziel underground facility is the twin facility to the Pine Gap base in Northern Australia. The following is part of an EYES ONLY document that was given to me by X3 regarding Pine Gap. 'Pine Gap - Alice Springs, Australia. This base is a massive multi-leveled facility run by the 33rd degree of Zion which, fronting as the Bilderberger organization, is the control and command centre with the Rothschild apparatus Illuminati. Pine Gap is a major control center for the New World Order Dictatorship and is equipped with levels of computer terminals tied-in to the major computer mainframes of the world'. 'The Mt Zeil underground base is a Anunnaki stronghold. The Anunnaki (who may be from the Sirius star system) have a loose strategic alliance with the Draco Prime Reptilains from the Draconis star system. Both ET groups have timetabled this planet for invasion and takeover. However with the many positive ET races including the Pleiadians that are helping Humanity I do not believe this will happen.' 'Mt. Ziel, a personnel center, in Australia's Northern Territory. It is interesting that this unit appears to have the most personnel. Mt. Ziel had personnel for all bases and is the homosapiens introduction point.' He observed. Price (Northern Australia's CIA station chief) also noted that the site should be approached with caution, "...this is a dead assignment, nothing is going on other than all those UFO's flying around Mt. Ziel."
Slide 29: At the March 5, 2000 Annual International UFO Congress held at the River Palms Resort in Laughlin, Nevada, Leonard Buchanan confirmed the existence of four previously undisclosed Extraterrestrial bases discovered on planet Earth. Mr. Buchanan detailed his background as a military controlled remote viewer (CEV). His company trains CRVers at all levels and performs CRV work for individuals, corporations, and government agencies. Mr. Buchanan is also a lifelong psychic as well as an alien abductee. During the military controlled remote viewing sessions, trained observers discovered four extraterrestrial bases found across the globe. These ET bases are located at: • Mt. Parted in Northern Spain • Mt. Inyangani in Zimbabwe • Mt. Hayes, Alaska • Mt. ZIEL, Australia Pyrenees location is a "main base" from which "flying units" (UFOs) took off and landed and was under Mount Perdido. The African base under Mount Inyangani is a base for maintenance and repair. The base under Mount Ziel in Australia if for a mixture of "personnel" from the other bases while the fourth, under Mount Hayes in Alaska, is a weather and geological study center. Back to Contents Back to Project Mannequin and James Casbolt RUSSIA - ALIEN BASE IN THE MOUNTAINS OF CAUCASUS? "Interplanetary Space Port is Discovered in the Foothills of North Caucasus Plateau, Where UFOs are Pasturing" - this is headline of the article in a respected Russian newspaper "Trud", Moscow, dated June 20, 2003, p. 4. Intensive alien activity is reported from the area of Lagonaki plateau north of the Russian resort town of Sochi, near the nature reserve. "Local residents and Ufologists are convinced that there is an interplanetary space port," states Mr. Nikolay Sedov, the journalist. • All facts indicate that, very likely, another underground alien base in located in the area of Mt. Fisht (2867 m over the sea level, with eternal ice glacier) and nearby Laganaki plateau (isolated remote area), as well as in the other places of the Caucasus region (including its highest mountain - El'brus) that have numerous underground alien bases, sub-bases, deep caves, connected by tunnels. These tunnels go to Crimean bases as well..... • ...secret U.S. troops set up their own clandestine "bases" next to the Extraterrestrial "bases." • Humans and off-world races are said to be working together in super-secret underground bases at Area-5 in Nevada; Pine Gap, Australia and El Yunque, Puerto Rico. • ...some top military brass has all but admitted that the alien's plans are not totally "altruistic", and parts of the ET/human project are very "troubling." The creation of alien-human hybrids obviously must be part of that classified agenda. • There is even speculation that the new breed of alien/human hybrids will replace the current crop of Homo sapiens entirely.
Slide 30: • There is a rummor that a "certain group" is getting "tired" of current human activities and plan to drastically change the "status quo"....Art Wholeflaffer, President of HACA (Human-Alien Contact Agenda). Are the Hidden Underground Military Bases the Real Headquarters for the New World Order? A former Canadian military officer finally goes public with shocking information he learned while working at an underground base at Cold Lake in Canada. Back to Contents Deep Underground Military Bases report by Greg Szymanski 20 Oct 2005 from ClubConspiracy Website recovered through WayBackMachine Website Are the Hidden Underground Military Bases the Real Headquarters for the New World Order? A former Canadian military officer finally goes public with shocking information he learned while working at an underground base at Cold Lake in Canada. Although some may say his story is pure fiction, others claim the secrets to the New World Order's depopulation plan lies underground. Everyone is talking about the New World Order and a one world government, but according to a former Canadian military officer, nobody wants to believe its true sinister nature lies in the mysteries surrounding thousands of deep underground military bases scattered throughout the world. Here is his story: Timothy of Canada tells a wild story, a story of underground military bases where animal and human sacrifices nourish the bowels of creatures that have inhabited the earth long before man arrived. He doesn't expect anybody to believe him, saying most people will think he's talking science fiction anyway. But nevertheless he feels compelled to speak, feeling compelled to risk life and limb as the New World Order zeroes in on the last stages of its incredible worldwide population reduction plan. They have been delayed with their plan to reduce the worlds population by 80 percent but the globalists are now stepping up their activities, said Timothy, who refuses to use his real name, in an extended conversation this week from Germany, where he's employed in the aerospace industry. I am not about to use my name, risking incarceration as I would be in violation of our country's State Secrets Act. Also, do you know that more than 3,000 people have been killed for trying to talk about what goes on in these underground bases. Its basically a death sentence when you start getting too close to the nerve center of the real New World Orders plans. And Timothy says the real heart and soul of the New World Order plan lies in the mysterious underground military bases scattered all over the world, including roughly 30 in Canada, 140 in the United States and more than 1,500 worldwide.
Slide 31: He became privy to this top secret information when he served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the aerospace engineering branch, while working at one of the top secret deep underground military bases at Cold Lake in Canada. And what he learned and what he has been researching ever since leaving the military is how this network of underground bases not only houses and conceals non-human life forms with incredible powers, but conceals an underground warehouse of sophisticated super-human technology used for mind control, advanced military weaponry and weather manipulation with the eventual goal of depopulating the world. Most people, including most of the so-called patriots, are sincere about defeating the New World Order, but they are really looking in the wrong direction. They need to uncover, expose and alert the people of the world what's going on below the earths surface, said Timothy who likes to talk in a machine gun, rapid fire fashion, as he recalled first being alerted to the underground military base phenomenon when he researched the mysterious events surrounding cattle manipulation in Alberta, Canada, in the 1970s. It is very dangerous and you could be killed if you try to expose what the globalists are doing with this network of tunnels and underground facilities, but I have ended my silence since they are now in the final stages of there plan. Remember, AIDS being manufactured? Well, what's in store for mankind is now much worse and we need to do everything we can to try and stop the destruction of the world as we know it. Although Timothy's story can easily be dismissed as pure fantasy, stories like his have a funny way of getting under your skin, a funny way of creeping up on you right before you fall asleep at night. They have a strange way, no matter how outlandish and unbelievable they are, to solicit questions in your mind like What if he is telling the truth and what if these sinister plans and military bases really do exist? Even though Timothy has promised from his undisclosed location in Germany to provide names of at least three other people, making this initial story an ongoing saga, he provided a battery of questions and perhaps a scientific Shakespearean soliloquy of sorts in the interim, explaining why he decided to go public and why it is imperative to uncover the secrets of the underground military bases. With the outbreak of the flu virus I feel compelled to break my silence. Maybe some of you have heard the term New World Order and feel confused about its significance. From this point lets put everything into a series of hypotheticals. Maybe I do not wish to break the Official Secrets Act and wind up incarcerated. Let us pretend I am about to reveal ultra-sensitive information to you. Please approach this with an open mind. In the late 1970s I first became aware of the cattle mutilation phenomenon living in Alberta, Canada. The reasons given were unusual for this and it was the suppression of the outcry and true angst I sensed from the cattle farmers protesting outside of Calgary that first got to me. This was the first time I realized there was something seriously wrong. The hush-hush of this left a lasting impression.
Slide 32: Let us assume I served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the Aerospace Engineering Branch. One base was Cold Lake. The members of this base wondered innocently why this was the only base where it was required to always wear a black radiation exposure detector. Maybe this is due to a Deep Underground Military Base (DUMB) with unusual aerial phenomena a few hundred statute miles north almost straight in line with Cold Lake bordering with Saskatchewan. What if you were to realize that Canada has over 30 DUMBs, and its neighbor to the south has over 140 active DUMBs. Worldwide there are now over 1500 DUMBs. Let us assume all North American DUMBs are connected below by oxygenated magneto-leviton trains from Krupp, Germany, and are able to reach MACH2+, having the tunnels vacuumed of air to eliminate air resistance. Adjacent to this is a subterranean tunnel highway. Let us assume that many of these bases are actually underground cities for beings that in actuality have resided here for millennia. Do you have the courage to believe this? All patriots who are willing to resist this New World Order should realize that globalists who have submitted are not the only problem. Maybe they have sold the rest of us out-thinking they will survive and not be enslaved as the remaining. What if by 2029 the global population is to be massively reduced, the remaining subjects enslaved and hauled off to underground slave labor factories to serve the global elite? What if the SDI project is in reality a weapon system to ward off unwanted "guests". Maybe all countries were fighting secretly a global war against strangers once they realized in the late 1970s that true intentions of inhabitants of these DUMBs were evil beyond belief. What if society cannot handle the truth? What if Eisenhower decided at Holloman AFB keeping things secret would prevent mass panic and decay into total anarchy? Examining the panic Y2K generated, has society become more courageous with time? I, for one forgive Eisenhower. What if over 8 million humans have literally been devoured by residents of these bases, the majority nourishing themselves with human glandular secretions? I do not expect anyone to believe this. But let us assume I have been privy to a lot of horrific information. Let us assume that in reality there are 143 elements in the periodic table. Maybe the only way the SR75 can reach MACH9+ is by using metal technology not of this world? Maybe the stealth aircraft use special coatings combined with electrochemical electronic countermeasures? Maybe this is why the stealth never were used when it rained in former Yugoslavia? Maybe the cloaking technology successfully tested at Tonapaz Range and S2 employs high frequency helix devices in the leading edges of the newest generation vehicles, refracting light making the aircraft invisible. Maybe I have dealt with metallurgic technology with crystalline structures not of this earth? • • • • • • • • • •
Slide 33: • Maybe the general public has been kept in the dark for many decades? I wish things were not the way they are. Nobody has the right to sell anyone out. Maybe I would not be revealing anything if I was not certain that all the secrecy and timeline is reaching a climax. We are all going to have to assert ourselves beyond belief. We have been lied to and we thought we were doing our best for betterment. I know mankind is destroying this planet, but I refuse to be enslaved. I am sick of the lies and the New World Order agenda. Maybe the force driving it resides in these bases. If you sense your freedoms are being revoked, you are not mistaken. After the last element of gun control is implemented, all freedoms will be removed within a ten year period. Never surrender your weapons. I wish this was not happening and I have had many sleepless nights, but for me I cannot stand it anymore. Never believe that the One World Government is good for us. Observe the dismantling of nations now and how the United Nations is taking over. I wondered back then why is the Canadian military shrinking. This is no accident. The American military is becoming more and more the global force combined with NATO. What can we do? Well, I know this. I will not cooperate with anyone who has sold me out. I will fight for every right I have, simultaneously enjoying the freedom of travel which still exists. Not for long though. I will not believe whatever the World Health Organization dictates. Do not believe anything? Examine the new Denver International Airport. Maybe in reality below it is a massive DUMB with 8 levels. Why does the fence point inward? Why the unusual security? Maybe the tent spires are in actuality large ventilation shafts to the subterranean levels. Start with this airport please. If you cannot find anything bizarre there then I feel sorry for you. Casa Diablo (CA) is the most obvious of the underground bases. Look for a depleted spring hole which is about 9 foot in diameter. Break down the door if you can. Don’t forget to wear scuba gear. What you will find on the other side will not be human. SEE Entrance at: http://www.ghosttowns.com/states/ca/casadiablo.html Back to Contents Are the Hidden Underground Military Bases the Real Headquarters for the New World Order? A former Canadian military officer finally goes public with shocking information he learned while working at an underground base at Cold Lake in Canada. Although some may say his story is pure fiction, others claim the secrets to the New World Order's depopulation plan lies underground. 20 Oct 2005 By Greg Szymanski Everyone is talking about the New World Order and a one world government, but according to a former Canadian military officer, nobody wants to believe its true sinister nature lies in the
Slide 34: mysteries surrounding thousands of deep underground military bases scattered throughout the world. Here is his story: Timothy of Canada tells a wild story, a story of underground military bases where animal and human sacrifices nourish the bowels of creatures that have inhabited the earth long before man arrived. He doesn’t expect anybody to believe him, saying most people will think he’s talking science fiction anyway. But nevertheless he feels compelled to speak, feeling compelled to risk life and limb as the New World Order zeroes in on the last stages of its incredible worldwide population reduction plan. “They have been delayed with their plan to reduce the world’s population by 80 percent but the globalists are now stepping up their activities,” said Timothy, who refuses to use his real name, in an extended conversation this week from Germany, where he’s employed in the aerospace industry. “I am not about to use my name, risking incarceration as I would be in violation of our country’s State Secrets Act. Also, do you know that more than 3,000 people have been killed for trying to talk about what goes on in these underground bases. It’s basically a death sentence when you start getting too close to the nerve center of the real New World Order’s plans.” And Timothy says the real heart and soul of the New World Order plan lies in the mysterious underground military bases scattered all over the world, including roughly 30 in Canada, 140 in the United States and more than 1,500 worldwide. He became privy to this top secret information when he served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the aerospace engineering branch, while working at one of the top secret deep underground military bases at Cold Lake in Canada. And what he learned and what he has been researching ever since leaving the military is how this network of underground bases not only houses and conceals non-human life forms with incredible powers, but conceals an underground warehouse of sophisticated super-human technology used for mind control, advanced military weaponry and weather manipulation with the eventual goal of depopulating the world. “Most people, including most of the so-called patriots, are sincere about defeating the New World Order, but they are really looking in the wrong direction. They need to uncover, expose and alert the people of the world what’s going on below the earth’s surface,” said Timothy who likes to talk in a machine gun, rapid fire fashion, as he recalled first being alerted to the underground military base phenomenon when he researched the mysterious events surrounding cattle manipulation in Alberta, Canada, in the 1970’s. “It is very dangerous and you could be killed if you try to expose what the globalists are doing with this network of tunnels and underground facilities, but I have ended my silence since they are now in the final stages of there plan. Remember, AIDS being manufactured? Well, what’s in store for mankind is now much worse and we need to do everything we can to try and stop the destruction of the world as we know it.”
Slide 35: Although Timothy’s story can easily be dismissed as pure fantasy, stories like his have a funny way of getting under your skin, a funny way of creeping up on you right before you fall asleep at night. They have a strange way, no matter how outlandish and unbelievable they are, to solicit questions in your mind like “What if he is telling the truth and what if these sinister plans and military bases really do exist?” Even though Timothy has promised from his undisclosed location in Germany to provide names of at least three other people, making this initial story an ongoing saga, he provided a battery of questions and perhaps a scientific Shakespearean soliloquy of sorts in the interim, explaining why he decided to go public and why it is imperative to uncover the secrets of the underground military bases. “With the outbreak of the flu virus I feel compelled to break my silence. Maybe some of you have heard the term New World Order and feel confused about its significance. “From this point let’s put everything into a series of hypotheticals. Maybe I do not wish to break the Official Secrets Act and wind up incarcerated. Let us pretend I am about to reveal ultrasensitive information to you. Please approach this with an open mind. “In the late 1970s I first became aware of the cattle mutilation phenomenon living in Alberta, Canada. The reasons given were unusual for this and it was the suppression of the outcry and true angst I sensed from the cattle farmers protesting outside of Calgary that first got to me. “This was the first time I realized there was something seriously wrong. The hush-hush of this left a lasting impression. “Let us assume I served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the Aerospace Engineering Branch. One base was Cold Lake.The members of this base wondered innocently why this was the only base where it was required to always wear a black radiation exposure detector. “Maybe this is due to a Deep Underground Military Base with unusual aerial phenomena a few hundred statute miles north almost straight in line with Cold Lake bordering with Saskatchewan. “What if you were to realize that Canada has over 30 DUMBs,and its neighbor to the south has over 140 active DUMBs. Worldwide there are now over 1500 DUMBs. “Let us assume all North American DUMBs are connected below by oxygenated magnetoleviton trains from Krupp, Germany, and are able to reach MACH2+, having the tunnels vacuumed of air to eliminate air resistance. Adjacent to this is a subterranean tunnel highway. “Let us assume that many of these bases are actually underground cities for beings that in actuality have resided here for millennia. Do you have the courage to believe this? “All patriots who are willing to resist this New World Order should realize that globalists who have submitted are not the only problem. Maybe they have sold the rest of us out-thinking they will survive and not be enslaved as the remaining.
Slide 36: “What if by 2029 the global population is to be massively reduced, the remaining subjects enslaved and hauled off to underground slave labor factories to serve the global elite? “What if the SDI project is in reality a weapon system to ward off unwanted "guests". Maybe all countries were fighting secretly a global war against strangers once they realized in the late 1970s that true intentions of inhabitants of these DUMBs were evil beyond belief. “What if society cannot handle the truth? “What if Eisenhower decided at Holloman AFB keeping things secret would prevent mass panic and decay into total anarchy? Examining the panic Y2K generated, has society become more courageous with time? I, for one forgive Eisenhower. “What if over 8 million humans have literally been devoured by residents of these bases, the majority nourishing themselves with human glandular secretions? “I do not expect anyone to believe this. But let us assume I have been privy to a lot of horrific information. Let us assume that in reality there are 143 elements in the periodic table. Maybe the only way the SR75 can reach MACH9+ is by using metal technology not of this world? Maybe the stealth aircraft use special coatings combined with electrochemical electronic countermeasures. Maybe this is why the stealth never were used when it rained in former Yugoslavia? “Maybe the cloaking technology successfully tested at Tonapaz Range and S2 employs high frequency helix devices in the leading edges of the newest generation vehicles, refracting light making the aircraft invisible. “Maybe I have dealt with metallurgic technology with crystalline structures not of this earth? Maybe the general public has been kept in the dark for many decades. “I wish things were not the way they are. Nobody has the right to sell anyone out. Maybe I would not be revealing anything if I was not certain that all the secrecy and timeline is reaching a climax. We are all going to have to assert ourselves beyond belief. We have been lied to and we thought we were doing our best for betterment. “I know mankind is destroying this planet, but I refuse to be enslaved. I am sick of the lies and the New World Order agenda. Maybe the force driving it resides in these bases. If you sense your freedoms are being revoked, you are not mistaken. “After the last element of gun control is implemented, all freedoms will be removed within a ten year period. Never surrender your weapons. I wish this was not happening and I have had many sleepless nights, but for me I cannot stand it anymore. Never believe that the One World government is good for us. Observe the dismantling of nations now and how the United Nations is taking over. “I wondered back then why is the Canadian military shrinking. This is no accident. The American military is becoming more and more the global force combined with NATO. What can
Slide 37: we do? Well, I know this. I will not cooperate with anyone who has sold me out. I will fight for every right I have, simultaneously enjoying the freedom of travel which still exists. Not for long though. “I will not believe whatever the World Health Organization dictates. Do not believe anything? “Examine the new Denver International Airport. Maybe in reality below it is a massive DUMB with 8 levels. Why does the fence point inward? Why the unusual security? Maybe the tent spires are in actuality large ventilation shafts to the subterranean levels. Start with this airport please. If you cannot find anything bizarre there then I feel sorry for you. “I do believe in God.He gives us faith.The New Testament in the Book of Genesis refers to the son of God. The Old Testament refers to the sons of Gods. Both refer to the serpent or demons.Maybe the residents of the DUMBs are what were meant - a serpent race. “God bless you. Remember, this information and revealing it is not without peril. Be wise!” Greg on the Radio. Listen to my Radio Broadcast live every Monday night at 8pm Pacific time on LewisNews Radio. Look for program scheduling each week at http://web.archive.org/web/20051124181300/http://webs.lewisnews.com/radio/index.htm. Greg is also a weekly regular on "The Power Hour with Joyce and Dave," a three-hour syndicated daily radio broadcast on the Genesis Network, broadcasting on many AM/FM stations nationwide. Greg appears every Monday at 7a.m to 8a.m. Pacific time. Streaming audio can be heard at: Internet: http://www.m2ktalk.com ; http://www.whri.com On-air call in numbers for our listeners: U.S.: 800-259-9231 International: 952-707-9960x125. On Oct. 3, Greg will be starting a daily afternoon show on the Republic Broadcast Network, airing on shortwave, low band FM and on the internet. Go to http://web.archive.org/web/20051124181300/http://www.rbnlive.com/ for information. Greg Szymanski is an independent investigative journalist and his articles can been seen at www.LewisNews.com. He also writes for American Free Press www.AmericanFreePress.net and has his own site www.arcticbeacon.com. Greg has a live Radio show every Monday night on mms://media.LewisNews.com/Greg and on mms://media.LewisNews.com/RadioLewisNews at 8 pm Pacific time. Greg is also looking for sponsors for his popular new show and he can be contacted at patriott2424@aol.com. On Oct. 3, Greg will be starting a daily afternoon show on the Republic Broadcast Network, airing on shortwave, low band FM and on the internet. Go to http://web.archive.org/web/20051124181300/http://www.rbnlive.com/ for information.
Slide 38: by Greg Szymanski 20 Oct 2005 from ArticBeacon Website recovered through WayBackMachine Website A former Canadian military officer finally goes public with shocking information he learned while working at an underground base at Cold Lake in Canada. Although some may say his story is pure fiction, others claim the secrets to the New World Order's depopulation plan lies underground. Everyone is talking about the New World Order and a one world government, but according to a former Canadian military officer, nobody wants to believe its true sinister nature lies in the mysteries surrounding thousands of deep underground military bases scattered throughout the world. Here is his story... Timothy of Canada tells a wild story, a story of underground military bases where animal and human sacrifices nourish the bowels of creatures that have inhabited the earth long before man arrived. He doesn’t expect anybody to believe him, saying most people will think he’s talking science fiction anyway. But nevertheless he feels compelled to speak, feeling compelled to risk life and limb as the New World Order zeroes in on the last stages of its incredible worldwide population reduction plan. “They have been delayed with their plan to reduce the world’s population by 80 percent but the globalists are now stepping up their activities,” said Timothy, who refuses to use his real name, in an extended conversation this week from Germany, where he’s employed in the aerospace industry. “I am not about to use my name, risking incarceration as I would be in violation of our country’s State Secrets Act. Also, do you know that more than 3,000 people have been killed for trying to talk about what goes on in these underground bases. It’s basically a death sentence when you start getting too close to the nerve center of the real New World Order’s plans.” And Timothy says the real heart and soul of the New World Order plan lies in the mysterious underground military bases scattered all over the world, including roughly 30 in Canada, 140 in the United States and more than 1,500 worldwide. He became privy to this top secret information when he served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the aerospace engineering branch, while working at one of the top secret deep underground military bases at Cold Lake in Canada. And what he learned and what he has been researching ever since leaving the military is how this network of underground bases not only houses and conceals non-human life forms with incredible powers, but conceals an underground warehouse of sophisticated super-human technology used for mind control, advanced military weaponry and weather manipulation with the eventual goal of depopulating the world.
Slide 39: “Most people, including most of the so-called patriots, are sincere about defeating the New World Order, but they are really looking in the wrong direction. They need to uncover, expose and alert the people of the world what’s going on below the earth’s surface,” said Timothy who likes to talk in a machine gun, rapid fire fashion, as he recalled first being alerted to the underground military base phenomenon when he researched the mysterious events surrounding cattle manipulation in Alberta, Canada, in the 1970’s. “It is very dangerous and you could be killed if you try to expose what the globalists are doing with this network of tunnels and underground facilities, but I have ended my silence since they are now in the final stages of there plan. Remember, AIDS being manufactured? Well, what’s in store for mankind is now much worse and we need to do everything we can to try and stop the destruction of the world as we know it.” Although Timothy’s story can easily be dismissed as pure fantasy, stories like his have a funny way of getting under your skin, a funny way of creeping up on you right before you fall asleep at night. They have a strange way, no matter how outlandish and unbelievable they are, to solicit questions in your mind like “What if he is telling the truth and what if these sinister plans and military bases really do exist?” Even though Timothy has promised from his undisclosed location in Germany to provide names of at least three other people, making this initial story an ongoing saga, he provided a battery of questions and perhaps a scientific Shakespearean soliloquy of sorts in the interim, explaining why he decided to go public and why it is imperative to uncover the secrets of the underground military bases. “With the outbreak of the flu virus I feel compelled to break my silence. Maybe some of you have heard the term New World Order and feel confused about its significance. “From this point let’s put everything into a series of hypotheticals. Maybe I do not wish to break the Official Secrets Act and wind up incarcerated. Let us pretend I am about to reveal ultra-sensitive information to you. Please approach this with an open mind. “In the late 1970s I first became aware of the cattle mutilation phenomenon living in Alberta, Canada. The reasons given were unusual for this and it was the suppression of the outcry and true angst I sensed from the cattle farmers protesting outside of Calgary that first got to me. “This was the first time I realized there was something seriously wrong. The hush-hush of this left a lasting impression. “Let us assume I served as a junior officer in the Canadian Armed Forces in the Aerospace Engineering Branch. One base was Cold Lake. The members of this base wondered innocently why this was the only base where it was required to always wear a black radiation exposure detector. “Maybe this is due to a Deep Underground Military Base (DUMB) with unusual aerial phenomena a few hundred statute miles north almost straight in line with Cold Lake bordering with Saskatchewan. “What if you were to realize that Canada has over 30 DUMBs, and its neighbor to the south has over 140 active DUMBs. Worldwide there are now over 1500 DUMBs. “Let us assume all North American DUMBs are connected below by oxygenated magnetoleviton trains from Krupp, Germany, and are able to reach MACH2+, having the tunnels vacuumed of air to eliminate air resistance. Adjacent to this is a subterranean tunnel highway. “Let us assume that many of these bases are actually underground cities for beings that in actuality have resided here for millennia. Do you have the courage to believe
Slide 40: this? “All patriots who are willing to resist this New World Order should realize that globalists who have submitted are not the only problem. Maybe they have sold the rest of us outthinking they will survive and not be enslaved as the remaining. “What if by 2029 the global population is to be massively reduced, the remaining subjects enslaved and hauled off to underground slave labor factories to serve the global elite? “What if the SDI project is in reality a weapon system to ward off unwanted "guests". Maybe all countries were fighting secretly a global war against strangers once they realized in the late 1970s that true intentions of inhabitants of these DUMBs were evil beyond belief. “What if society cannot handle the truth? “What if Eisenhower decided at Holloman AFB keeping things secret would prevent mass panic and decay into total anarchy? Examining the panic Y2K generated, has society become more courageous with time? I, for one forgive Eisenhower. “What if over 8 million humans have literally been devoured by residents of these bases, the majority nourishing themselves with human glandular secretions? “I do not expect anyone to believe this. But let us assume I have been privy to a lot of horrific information. Let us assume that in reality there are 143 elements in the periodic table. Maybe the only way the SR75 can reach MACH9+ is by using metal technology not of this world? Maybe the stealth aircraft use special coatings combined with electrochemical electronic countermeasures. Maybe this is why the stealth never were used when it rained in former Yugoslavia? “Maybe the cloaking technology successfully tested at Tonapaz Range and S2 employs high frequency helix devices in the leading edges of the newest generation vehicles, refracting light making the aircraft invisible. “Maybe I have dealt with metallurgic technology with crystalline structures not of this earth? Maybe the general public has been kept in the dark for many decades. “I wish things were not the way they are. Nobody has the right to sell anyone out. Maybe I would not be revealing anything if I was not certain that all the secrecy and timeline is reaching a climax. We are all going to have to assert ourselves beyond belief. We have been lied to and we thought we were doing our best for betterment. “I know mankind is destroying this planet, but I refuse to be enslaved. I am sick of the lies and the New World Order agenda. Maybe the force driving it resides in these bases. If you sense your freedoms are being revoked, you are not mistaken. “After the last element of gun control is implemented, all freedoms will be removed within a ten year period. Never surrender your weapons. I wish this was not happening and I have had many sleepless nights, but for me I cannot stand it anymore. Never believe that the One World government is good for us. Observe the dismantling of nations now and how the United Nations is taking over. “I wondered back then why is the Canadian military shrinking. This is no accident. The American military is becoming more and more the global force combined with NATO. What can we do? Well, I know this. I will not cooperate with anyone who has sold me out. I will fight for every right I have, simultaneously enjoying the freedom of travel which still exists. Not for long though.
Slide 41: “I will not believe whatever the World Health Organization dictates. Do not believe anything? “Examine the new Denver International Airport. Maybe in reality below it is a massive DUMB with 8 levels. Why does the fence point inward? Why the unusual security? Maybe the tent spires are in actuality large ventilation shafts to the subterranean levels. Start with this airport please. If you cannot find anything bizarre there then I feel sorry for you. “I do believe in God. He gives us faith. The New Testament in the Book of Genesis refers to the son of God. The Old Testament refers to the sons of Gods. Both refer to the serpent or demons. Maybe the residents of the DUMBs are what were meant - a serpent race. “God bless you. Remember, this information and revealing it is not without peril. Be wise!” Original contents HERE Some more MAJOR MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING SITES with explanations of their programming This list is added as a supplement to those sites exposed in the Vol. 2 book. Slaves have to come in to the "SHOP" periodically to have certain maintenance programs renewed to maintain the power of the programming. Most slaves that are being used in operations come in at a minimum every 2-3 years. Most people who have been programmed are sleepers. And many people who have horrible programs to carry out are programmed for the next few years. • • • • All kinds of sites are used, for instance, Boy and Girl Scout camps a big church in Greensboro, NC a desert site near Tucson, AZ hotels in New Orleans Many people who have been "recruited" (beguiled and trapped) into the mindcontrol are seen being sent to Colorado Springs, CO. A network of daycare centers has been established worldwide by the Illuminati’s Network for the
Slide 42: programming and recruiting of children. A series of Youth Hostels has also been created (originally by the communists) for Network goals, and have been widely used by the communist faction of the World Order. The elite have their own schools, such as Eaton School in the UK which receives some Illuminati children under mind-control. Watch the Office of Global Analysis, which is an intelligence group for global analysis for the NWO. Also watch out for the National Program Office (NPO) which is reported to have been created in 1982 to oversee "black" programs of the intelligence agencies. The National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) is another black ops group. This group is in part housed within the Pentagon and deals with assassination teams. It uses lots of illegal funds which it launders through another Pentagon agency called the DSAA (Defense Security Assistance Agency). Gen. Howard Fish, Mr. Eric Von Marbod, Gen. Phil Gast were the men in DSAA that laundered the NRO’s money. I, Irving Davidson, who has one foot in the mafia & one in the military black ops is a go-between. One of the assassination programs they ran years ago was the Zeta Diogenes (ZD) project. Different agencies that participated had different codes for the programs. The men used in these NRO programs are mind-controlled slaves in some cases, it is not known what % if any are not under mind-control. They are organized as cells and are operating in various military, national guard, and secret reserve units. Present-day Russia’s Guards Directorate has two "counter-terrorist" divisions Alfa and Vympel. These were formerly part of the KGB, and employ mindcontrolled victims in their work. OP-06-D is the unit assigned to perform penetration tests to determine security at these different military/intelligence bases used for programming. Air Force Units to watch: · Aerospace Defense Intelligence Center ADIC · Air Force Intelligence Support Agency AFISA (recent name) of the Air Force’s all sources intelligence organization · Kelly AFB has the 693rd Intelligence Wing located there · ERT (Air Force Swat Teams) Army Units to watch: · Pentagon · Military Intelligence which calls itself INSCOM. INSCOM units are all over the world incl. · Area 51, White Sands, Ft. Meade, and their Vint Hills Farm Station at Warrenton, VA near the old Manassas battlefield sites. Their Ft. Huachucha in AZ appropriately sports a Sphinx statue. So many intelligence people came from the Illuminati initiating centers of Harvard, Yale, & Princeton that the acronym HYP was applied to some of them by others in an allusion to the word "hype." For the first half of MI-6’s history, only women from the elite, the aristocracy were recruited to work in MI-6, for this reason the women at MI-6 were called Queenie. As Illuminati members of the hierarchy, they were indeed given various Queen positions. The crossovers occur both ways. One finds intelligence people in places like Yale and the big Illuminati corporations. For instance, a military
Slide 43: psychologist Alexander R. Askenasy, who worked in the area of mind-control for the Army, later taught at Princeton, and then went on to a prominent position at the NY State Psychiatric Institute & the Dept. of Psychiatry, Columbia Univ. Another example is Robert Finley Delaney, who worked with the Navy in PSYOPS, the State Dept. and also worked for ESSO Standard Oil company. One final example in a list of examples that seems to go on forever, the Professor of Psychology at Yale was Irving L. Janis, a military man who worked in military psychological research and PYSOPS, and who co-authored Communications and Persuasion, Personality and Persuasibility. Contents • • Dictionary of Programming Centers Deep Underground Military Bases (DUMB Bases) Return DICTIONARY OF PROGRAMMING CENTERS (cont. from Vol. 2) • ARCO (Atlantic Richfield Co.) --This company continually keeps popping up during investigations/research on Mindcontrol. John Coleman in report The Tavistock Institute states that several men on ARCO’s Board of Directors were trained by Tavistock incl. Jack Conway, Philip Hawley, and Dr. Joel Fort. • • Alice Springs, Australia --is home of USAF Detachment 421 involved with intelligence Amarillo, TX -- near Amarillo is a major underground programming center called "the Station." Inside Amarillo are other collaborating sites such as an ophthalmologist’s office. Armed Forces Medical Intelligence Center (AFMIC) -- This center uses mind-controlled slaves, incl. those who are members of the Green Berets. Austin, TX -- The Rebecca Baines Johnson Convalescent Home, at 21 Waller St., Austin, ph. no. 512-476-6051, has had a Cray-3 computer (with at least a 1,000 megaflop capability) secretly placed into the Johnson Convalescent home for the purpose of secretly being a command post for sending control signals to people who have body suits of implants. • •
Slide 44: Signals from here radiate to many far off places to control victims of implant mind-control. • Boulder, CO -- The headquarters for EMC, a type of electra-magnetic mind control that is being broadcast to modify the thinking of Americans, and to control slaves. Bristol, Eng. -- Burden Neurological Institute. The CIA empire -- The CIA’s empire carries out mind control of its assets in many locations. CIA HO, nicknamed "the campus", is a Langley, VA. It might be pertinent to point out a few of their organizations that are active in mind control. Staff D, has a CIA assassination group, referred to at one time as ZR/RIFLE. Their Central Cover Staff (fka Operational Services Division) manages mind-control agents. The Office of Scientific & Weapons Research has carried out some of the mind-control research. You will find mind-control regularly carried out within what has been called the Directorate for Research, the Directorate of Science & Technology (fka DDR), and the Directorate of Operations (fka DDP Dir. of Plans until ’73) which ran the TSD later known as the Office of Technical Services, and their CI Staff (Counterintelligence Staff a part of the Dir. of Ops.). The CIA operates a vast array of research & operational programming centers CIA assets: Programmed slaves are fanned Out into CIA organizations such as: ○ Air Asia, ○ Air Ethiopia, ○ American Newspaper Guild, ○ Communications Workers of America (CWA), ○ International Catholic Youth Federation, ○ The International Confederation of Free Trade Unions (ICFTU), ○ International Federation of Journalists (with HQ in Brussels), ○ the International Police Academy (in Wash. D.C.) & the National Students Assoc. (NSA- with HO in Washington D.C.). Other known CIA fronts have included: ○ Allied Pacific Printing in Bombay, India ○ Asia Research Centre in Hong Kong ○ Gibraltar Steamship Company Programmed multiples also are injected into everywhere else too. They work at spying, drug mulling, assassination, and supplying the CIA leadership with sexual slaves. • Camp Bullis [sp.?], TX Dallas, Doctor’s Hospital -- An important major programming center, this is located at Garland Rd. at Buckner Blvd. Ph. 2 14-324-6 100. This hospital has a psych wing to it. Baylor Univ. Med Center, 3504 Swiss Ave. in Dallas is also involved in mind-control programming, as well as the Texas Women’s Univ., 1810 Inwood Rd. (214-689-6500), Dallas. Deep Creek Cabins, just west of Ft. Detrick, MD. -- These cabins located in the general area of the Magothy River, are a series of cabins surrounded by water & used for sexual programming & sexual training by the intelligence agencies. The area was reported by one slave to have been labelled Subproject #74. El Reno, OK --Federal Correctional Institution used for implant and electronic mind-control. Inmates were subjected to this type of mind-control as experimental fodder. • • • •
Slide 45: • Esalen Institute, Big Sur, CA. -- Esalen is the Tavistock of America. They give workshops on hypnosis, biofeedback, Witchcraft (for instance, their Rituals of Transformation class). Instructors include: ○ witch Margo Adler ○ Cranio-sacral D.O. Jim Asher ○ psychologist Adam Burke who specializes in trance training ○ Patti Lawrence (who does cranial work) ○ Caroline Muir (a tantric sex yoga expert) ○ Robert Swanson (a Dolphin expert) ○ Charles Tart (a expert w/ altered states of consciousness) ○ Karen Turner (a witch psychologist) ○ Anna Wise who is skilled in using EEGs to measure & train brain waves These are only a few of the many occult or interesting instructors that the Esalen Institute has. Ft. Drum, NY (Camp Drum) --near Watertown, NY. This military reservation is used for training troops in winter fighting, as well as having been used for a remote mind-control programming facility in northern NY. Ft. George Meade, MD, National Security Agency (NSA) -- It’s interesting that in Sidney Sheldon’s novel The Doomsday Conspiracy published by Time-Warner in 1991 that the author/researcher Sheldon has NSA commander Robert Bellamy thinking to himself as he enters Ft. Meade, ○ "My God, I’m in the land of Oz." (p.13) ○ After being given his assignment, he wonders (on pp. 20-21) "I feel like the White Queen in Through the Looking Glass. Why sometimes I’ve believed as many as six impossible things before breakfast." ○ "Well, this was all six of them." One of the projects that the NSA run with mind-controlled slaves is Project Mirror (Op. # 6317-ABL-4) which consists of about 30 programmed assassins, who are debriefed after their assassination mission and then killed and cremated. The NSA has had two RNM computerized systems for tracking people by monitoring their evoked emissions, and for transmitting thoughts (as well as audio and visual messages) to people’s brains. NSA Cryptologists have gotten computers programmed to decode what a person’s state of mind & thoughts are when their brain emissions are picked up from a distance. Other groups which conduct mind control which work closely with the NSA would include for instance: ○ Air Force Space Command/NORAD ○ Unified Command ELINT Centers ○ Space Surveillance The NSA’s "Human Sources" of intelligence are often subjected to mind-control. The Air Force has run a Texas facility called TRIMS, which has exhibition rooms for slaves, which has been used for mind-control programming. • • • Ft. Polk, LA --The Delta Forces are stationed here, and are programmed and trained here. MJTF (Multi-jurisdictional Task Force) troops, the BATF & other federal agencies train in kicking in civilian doors & martial law type tactics. Ft. Bragg is HO for the mind-controlled Delta Force. Ft. Bragg is a major satanic center in the military. Kanoehe State Hospital, Oahu, HA --This hospital connects with the Naval Base and Naval intelligence. It has been used for programming slaves, as well as Tripler VA Hospital on Oahu island. Kunia, HA is the site •
Slide 46: of an NSA listening post. Kaneohe, HA also has an underground installation, which is used at least in part by the U.S. Pacific Fleet. Naval intelligence in Hawaii has been involved in mind-control. • Kirtland AFB, NM, Sandia National Lab --the Sandia Labs have been used for mind control. The one in NM is at Kirtland AFB 87117 (505-845-8692). It has bunkers that have been used for mind-control. The one in Hawaii is at Hanapepe on the Garden Island of Kauai (808-335-5611). Sandia Labs also has a presence in Aibuquerque, NM. Sandia Labs has worked on such secret projects such as the W-88 nuclear warhead which was mounted on the Trident II missiles carried by Ohio-class subs. Mind-controlled slaves help keep Sandia Lab’s research secret. Lexington, Kentucky -- On the west side of Lexington is the Lexington airport and next to the airport is a castle that is just south of highway 60 and across from Keeneland Race Course. This castle’s original owner is dead. A CIA operative owned it for a while and then it went into receivership. Then the Federal government got the property (a 100 yr. lease). The castle was a major mind-control programming center, as well as a narcotics depot & a money laundering base. Tunnels existed. The castle is believed to no longer be in use for mind-control, although that is not known for sure. This Lexington, KT programming center within the castle was well situated to connect with a U.S. Veterans Hosp. on the NW side of Lexington, a nearby Fed. Correctional Institute (near Brackton), radio towers are all over the area, and the Kentucky State Horse Park with racetracks all built after 1965 is nearby. Scott Gen. Hosp. and an Orphan School at Midway, and the catholic St. Francis Mission are also in the vicinity. • Los Alamos, NM --A site for research into nonlethal weapons, such as syntel for mind-control. The T-13 Complex Studies Group has been researching artificial-life. Maine --The CIA used an International Children’s Summer camp for MK Ultra mind-control. This summer camp was probably not related to the International Children’s School at South Burlington, VT which also has summer school. There is also an International Children’s School tied to the UN in New York, it is not known whether it ties in or not. New Orleans, LA --Some of the hotels and restaurants are being used for mind-control. This author suspects (but has no proof) the Ursuline Academy (a Ursuline Convent school) on State St., Bacco Italian restaurant (a relatively new expensive restaurant named after the roman god Baccus and which has had lots of money put into it, and excellent food located in the Hotel de la Poste, French quarter), and the avant-garde Pelican Club (in the heart of the French quarter) tie in with the Network. Upper Bourbon Street is a gay community, and Bourbon St. was originally a voodoo center. Just off of Bourbon St. is the New Orleans Historic Voodoo Museum. This is the only voodoo museum in the world, and it has voodoo dolls and readings available for visitors. Oswego, NY --Served as a programming site on Lake Ontario. The Presideo of Monterey, CA --This place is not to be confused with the Presideo of San Francisco. This Presideo has the Monterey Defense Language Institute (DLI). Slaves who have scarred brain stems are sent here to develop language skills. • • • • •
Slide 47: • • Princeton, NJ-Salt Lake City, UT --St. Mark’s Hospital, 1011 Sunberry Dr., Salt Lake City (801-268-7422) has been used for programming. Stockholm, Sweden --Soder Hospital has been involved in implants. Dr. Curt Strand & others, & the Swedish Police SAPO were involved in implanting unsuspecting victims. Pelican Bay Prison, (WI?) --Isolation Tank Programming was what made this prison famous. Utah State Prison (Gunnison Facility & Draper Prison) and Utah State Hospital, Univ. of Utah Med. Center -- inflicted directed energy rape of the inmates, pressure chamber sensations in the inner ear, voices and all types of electronic control. The med center was used to implant various types of implants into people. Prison psychiatric staff participated with the mindcontrol. They routinely used a variety of well-planned tactics to falsely label inmates as psychiatric cases so that they could force-medicate them and then subject them to mindcontrol. Inmates were subjected to round the clock brainwashing rhetoric for months on end, after they got the implants. These Utah institutions began cooperating with the secret implant mind-control experimentation in the 1980’s. When inmates complained of the mind-control they were forced medicated. Hundreds made complaints about the mind-control but the system was able to shut them up. The controllers running the implants had the voices being beamed coming from places like the planet "Astra." Several inmates got the Astra script. • • • • • • Vancouver, B.C. --Hollywood Hospital was used for LSD programming for years. Vermont --A remote mountain site is used for programming. Victims are helicoptered in. Veterans Administration Hospitals, Medical Centers and Clinics -- All of these have been used for mind-control. These hospitals are located in: ○ Baltimore, MD ○ Battlecreek, MI ○ Bedford, MA ○ Birmingham, AL ○ Brockton, MA ○ Buffalo, NY ○ Butler, PA ○ Canandaigua, NY ○ Columbia, MO ○ Clarksburg, WV ○ Des Moines, IA ○ Fayetteville, AK ○ Fresno, CA ○ Huntington, WV ○ Hines, IL ○ Jackson, MS
Slide 48: ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Kerrville, TX Knoxville, IA Lincoln, NE North Chicago, IL Northport, NY Prescott, AZ Providence, RI St. Miami, FL St. Temple, TX Salibury, NC Salem, NC This list is not comprehensive as some have been closed and this is a list of active ones. • Washington, D.C. --The secret NOD underground installation which is connected to the intelligence groups like NSA and the CIA as well as many other nefarious groups lays under the White House with tunnels connecting this NOD installation with the House of the Temple. The Supreme council of the 33° of the Scottish Rite’s House of the Temple has a 14’ x 25’ room in it with 13 chairs where the Illuminati’s Grand Druid Council meet. The NOD Deep Underground Installation has numerous levels to it. One eyewitness, went to level 17 (via an elevator) and stated that he believes that deeper levels exist. The NOD installation is involved with psychic (demonic) and satellite control over slaves. This underground complex is to allow the government of the United States to escape a nuclear attack. The enormous complex radiates under Wash. D.C. and connects with many other sites. The tunnel system is used to move some of the mind-control sex slaves. The walls and ceilings of the tunnels are ceramic tile with fluorescent lighting recessed into the ceilings. Go Back DEEP UNDERGROUND MILITARY BASES (DUMB BASES) In the U.S., approximately 140 of these DUMB bases exist, and they employ perhaps over 200,000 people. A geologist friend of this author who helped build these DUMB bases, gave his life to get the truth out to the American people. He was a programmed multiple of the Illuminati, and some of his alters knew it. Because these underground bases play such a vital role in the entire mind-control NETWORK, I will list these bases here, even though they have been given previously in - my Ezek. 6:3 book. DUMB (Deep Underground Military Bases)
Slide 49: SELECTED TOP SECRET UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS THAT THREATEN OUR LIBERTY 140 secret underground facilities have been built, many are underground small-cities. A number of these bases have been described to me by witnesses including NORAD, Dulce, Coos Bay, and Dreamland. What I am describing is a series of large underground facilities which are connected with tunnels. The tunnels carry extremely fast trains. Train terminals are up to 1 million sq. ft. in area, with multiple levels. Underground facilities contain computer centers, genetic experimentation, mind-control research, housing for several nationalities of humans and several varieties of aliens. The corporations which assist the NWO are able to quietly interlink their facilities via the tunnel system too, as well as disperse some of their workers into the world above ground. There are approx. 50 ways tunnels and underground facilities are dug, which include high pressure continuous water let, low pressure percussive water jet, high freq. electrical drill, turbine drills, pellet drills, spark drills, explosives, hydraulic rock hammers, lasers, electron beam guns, forced flames, etc. These various tunnelling methods can be broken down in: • Mechanical (such as a water canon) • Thermal (such as a high velocity flame, laser, atomic fusion, etc) • Chemical (such as a dissolver) The beautiful thing about nuclear subterrenes (rhymes with submarine) is that they don’t leave any debris to dispose of.
Slide 50: These nuclear subterrenes are building tunnels 40’ in diameter, and as these machines work the rock is melted into a hard, glassy tunnel lining. Air-intake shafts bring fresh air to the tunnels and underground facilities. Underground facilities have fuel storage units, air-conditioning, water reservoirs, dining, medical, sleeping and storage units. Many of the underground sites are close to railroads and have entrances that trucks can drive into. Some of the entrances for trucks are protected by holograms that look like the side of a mountain, but allow vehicles if one just drives through them. The other style of hidden entrances are buildings where trucks drive in and are lowered via access shafts down into the underground areas. Security for some (such as Groom Lake) of the facilities is maintained by Wackenhut. Penetration tests on facilities are carried out by a special unit called OP-06-D which are HQed at Off utt AFB, NE. Format is as follows: • site name • site location (warning: longitudes & latitudes were quick off of the head estimates) • group/groups in control • size • activity ARIZONA · 1. Fort Huachuca. 31°50’ N 1100 19’48" W, saucer base below, intelligence training above, mind-control incl. too. · 2. Gates Pass Base · 3. Gila Mountain Area, south of Interstate 8 and approx. 30 east of Yuma, AZ. 290 N 116ºW. DUM base. · 4. Grand Wash Cliffs, on western edge of the cliffs at the head of Grapevine Wash. Must be reach via hwy 93 and then unpaved roads. DUM base. · 5. Green Valley · 6. Hualapai Mountains, east side of the mountain range, about 35 mi. SE of Kingman, AZ · 7. Rincon Mtn., north side of Rincon Mtn · 8. Mt. Lemmon · 9. Page · 10. Safford, near Safford · 11. Santa Catalina Mountains - base ARKANSAS · 12. In the vicinity of Hardy and Cherokee Village. 360 19’ N 9°29’W W. Installation purpose not known. · 13. Pine Bluff, Ark. area. 34° 13.4’ N 92º01.0’W to 34º30’ N 92° 30’W. saucer base. CALIFORNIA · 14. 29 Palms Marine Base, Identified on military map as airspace area R-2501 N. Saucer base southeast of Ludlow. This is a U.S. alien research/ diagnostic facility and UFO base. · 15. China Lake, mind control and weapons research · 16. Darwin, CA, 4 miles dues west of Darwin · 17. Deep Springs, CA, 37°22’ N 117º 59.3’ W. saucer base · 18. Fort Irwin, CA, 35°20’N 116°8’W W. saucer base · 19. Edwards Air Force Base, in the area where Diamond Cr. & the so. fork of the Yuba meet, there are 3 underground UFO bases. 34°8’ N 117° 48’ W
Slide 51: · 20. George Air Force Base, CA - saucer base · 21. Helendale, Lockhead Underground Facility, 34º44.7’ N 1170 18.5’ W. Technology for secret projects. There are 3 saucer bases here. · 22. Los Angeles, On Hwy 14 towards Edwards A.F.B. after Palmdale, one turns off and after taking several streets to 170th street, north on 170th St. to the Rosamond-170th intersection, the second and lower and better maintained dirt road will take you west, and if you take a right going north at the power lines and up to the hilltop you will see the top of an underground NORTHOP facility; Technology for the elite’s secret projects. This area was very active in the 1970s. Northrop’s facility is near the Tehachapi Mtns. It has been reported to go down 42 levels. It is heavily involved with electronics and hi-tech aerospace research. · 23. Mt. Shasta · 24. Kern River, CA the hollowed out mountain next to the hydroelectric facility at the Kern River Project near Bakersfieldreported saucer base · 25. Napa Valley- located at Oakville Grade north of Napa, CA. Tunnels also connect the wineries north of Napa, used for white slavery and mind-control. Has a saucer base. · 26. Norton Air Force Base- saucer base · 27. Quincy, CA, 39° 56.2’ N 120° 56.5’ W. saucer base · 28. Near Palmdale (if one takes Palmdale Blvd. til 240th St. and goes to Ave R-8. One the eastern limit of Ave. R-8 is McDonnell-Douglas’s facility called the Uano Facility. One can see it better from the Three Sisters Hills to the south of the facility. Strange shaped disks raise out of the ground on pylons. These attached disks glow and change color. It is involved in hitech aerospace technology. · 29. Presidio, CA - A FEMA/DOD site for Region IX’s regional office · 30. San Bernardino, CO, 34º 50’ N to 34° 16’ N · 31. Santa Barbara County - placed in the thick diatomite strata · 32. Santa Rosa, 38º 26.4’ N 122º 42.9’ W, FEMA, Regional center for west coast, what FEMA is doing is mostly kept secret. This is listed as a Communications Antenna Field, but is doing much more. · 33. Sierra Nevada Mountains, CA - very deep military base · 34. Tehachapi Ranch- 4 saucer bases, Tecachapi Canyon has a new underground base which was finished in Sept. ’95. This is the "Unholy 6" base of the Orions. 35° 20’ 118° 40’ · 35. Trona, CA, 35° 45.5’ N 1 77º22.6’ W --several miles northwest of Trona, directly under Argus Peak. This DUM sits on China Lake’s NWC’s land, and may have been built in the ’60s. COLORADO · 36. Alamosa, 37° 28.1’ N 105°52.2’W W- reported saucer base · 37. Book Cliffs, CO, 39° 40’ N 108º 0’ W near Rifle, CO · 38. Boulder, CO--The headquarters for EMC, a type of electramagnetic mind control that is being broadcast to modify the thinking of Americans, and to control slaves. · 39. Colorado Springs, NORAD --Canada & U.S., & FEMA, hundreds of people on staff, contains at least 4.5 cubic miles of underground caverns and 45 underground steel buildings. Many underground chambers are as large as 50, x 100 ’. This complex tracks thousands of satellites, missiles, submarines,
Slide 52: and UFOs. NORAD also controls many Monarch slaves who have ALEX, JANUS, ALEXUS endtime callback programming. NORAD installation has 1278 miles of road underground. · 40. Fort Collins- base for Gray aliens · 41. Grand Mesa- Orion saucer base · 42. Montrore Co.--north of Paradox, in Paradox Valley. The site in Paradox Valley can be reached via Hwy. 90 via Nucla. CONNECTICUT · 43. North west Connecticut FLORIDA · 44. Massive base- reported saucer base · 45. Eglin AFB, 30º 40’ N 86° 50’ W- Orion saucer base since 1978 GEORGIA · 46. Atlanta, GA --FEMA regional center, which is appropriately placed since Atlanta is to become a capital within the NWO redrawing of boundaries. Atlanta is believed to have several underground installations in its area, one to the north at Kennesaw Mtn., Marietta, GA connected to Dobbins AFB and one to the south of Atlanta at Forest Park. · 47. Thomasville, 30° 50.2’ N 83°58.9’ W, FEMA, regional center, they train groups in Search and Destroy missions for when Martial Law is imposed. This is SW Georgia in area of tunnels. IDAHO · 48. Lower Goose Lake area in the general area of Oakley, ID.-Wackenhut of the Illuminati run a "model prison" for the NWO. The worst of the federal prisoners are placed in this underground prison which has 7,100 cells which are filled with about 2,700 federal inmates. A track runs through the middle of the eerie underground facility. Food and showers are on the tracks, and the men are allowed showers once a week. The minimum of lighting is used and the men are beaten senseless if they talk at all. It sits 500’ underground. · 49. South central Idaho--under the Snake River lava flows between Twin Falls and Idaho Falls. INDIANA · 50. Bedford & Lawrence Co. area--continued activity in large old mines indicates a possible government use of the large old quarries. KANSAS · 51. Atchison, KS--the DIPEF underground facility, which the govt. would run in an emergency. AT & T maintains an underground facility at Fairview, KS. · 52. Kinsley--an underground UFO base MARYLAND · 53. Camp David--just north of the camp is an underground facility important to the intelligence agencies. · 54. below Ft. Meade, of the National Security Agency, 10 acres of the most sophisticated supercomputers that can be built, very large complex, massive surveillance of all the world’s communications, including all transmissions in the U.S. & world of telephones, telegraph, telex, fax, radio, TV and microwave
Slide 53: transmissions. · 55. Olney, actually the facility is between Olney and Laytonsville, on Riggs Rd. off of Rt. 108. Another underground facility may also exist in the area, FEMA & possibly NSA, the facility may be 10 levels deep, purpose unknown. · 56. Suitland, MD- Classified archives of U.S. Govt. stored here in underground levels. Vaults have extensive amounts of documents which are not indexed. Restricted access with a coded security card. High level intelligence groups operate in the area also. MASSACHUSETTS · 57. Maynard, 42° 26.0’ N 71° 27.0’ W FEMA, regional center, Wackenhut is here too. MICHIGAN · 58. Battle Creek, 42° 19.3’ N 85° 10.9’ W FEMA, regional center, activity secret (not validated) · 59. Gwinn, Ml, 46° 16.8’N 87° 26.5’ W, near Gwinn is a large underground base which is a key base for sending signals. An AFB is also nearby. Under Lake Superior is an alien base with roads 5,000’ deep. MISSOURI · 60. 12 miles south of Lebanon, 36° 02.8’ N 115° 24.3’ W, near the newly created town of Twin Bridges-reported saucer base · 61. In the Bat/Dry/Dead Man/ Howell cluster of caves- reported saucer base · 62. St. Francis Mountains, MO (between St. Louis & New Madrid) NEBRASKA · 63. North-central Nebraska · 64. Red Willow Co. near McCook, NE NEVADA · 65. Blue Diamond, 36° 02.8’N 115°24.3 W -reported saucer base · 66-68. Groom Lake, also known as Dreamland, Area 51, The Area, the Spot, Red Square, Sally Corridor, Watertown Strip. 1150 50’N 37°20W. Run by the NWO along with demonic beings, the CIA is there and Wackenhut Security. Two large underground facilities close to but separate from Groom Lake but controlled by the demonic beings are Papoose Range and Cockeyed Ridge (S-4) underground bases. Purpose is the testing of various UFOs and other secret aircraft like the Aurora and Stealth. Also biological work is done, including the biological raising of small greys. Many levels have been built at these three complexes, and a 7 mile long run way (which is actually 39 miles) has been built over Groom Lake, a dry lake. There is an S-2, an S-4, an S-6, and an S-66 underground installations. S-66 is the most secret and it has 29 levels and is 11, 300’ deep. · 69. Quartzite Mountain SE of Tonopah, 37° 31 ’N 116° 20’ Wreported saucer base · 70. Tonopah, Airforce, CIA? & ??, deals with secret aircraft NEW HAMPSHIRE · 71-73. There may be as many as three underground installations in New Hampshire’s hills (according to reports).
Slide 54: NEW JERSEY · 74. Picatinny Arsenal, 4o° 38’N 74° 32’ W- saucer base, 1/4 cubic mile large & very deep underground. NEW MEXICO The state of New Mexico and Colorado have been used for the construction of a series of underground bases. (All the rest of the states have too.) The Primary Underground facilities in New Mexico consist of: · 3 enormous underground bases in the Dulce, NM area (an area I spent several days investigating in 1993) · the White Sands--Alamogordo Area which has 3 underground bases · Datil and Pie Town which have two more underground bases. (Carlsbad Cavern which had underground activity, which is reported discontinued, and another base to east of Carlsbad.) · the Los Alamos area underground facility · the Taos area underground facility The New Mexico area has basically four underground system out. One goes to the 4-corners area and then to Groom Lake (Area 51). One goes north toward Delta, CO and Colorado Springs. The Taos facilities goes north approximately along Interstate 25 and eventually ties in NORAD. The southern bases connect to Texas and Mexico. The Los Alamos facility dates at least back to 1940. One can only imagine what has been built with 1/2 century of labor on this underground system. Visitors to the deeper levels report humans kept in glass cylinders, plus many other strange things. I have had the opportunity to debrief some people who have been in the lower reaches of some of these facilities. There are special badges, special uniforms, tube elevators etc. which for lack of time I will not describe. · 75. Angel Peak- reported saucer base · Carlsbad Cavern area (now destroyed), 32° 25.0’N 1040 14.0W -old relics of saucer base left · 76-78. Dulce, N.M., 36º 56.0’N 106°59.8’W,--South of Dulce, in the area of the Jicarilla Indian Reservation, another facility is east of the Dulce facility a number of miles. This is run directly by Illuminati w/ Army and Airforce help, CIA also conduct experiments at the center; the size of the installation is hugh requiring small shuttle trains and has seven levels according to witnesses. Serves as a UFO base, biological experiments, production center for small-grey drones. Wackenhut provides some of the security on the ground. · 79. Kirtland AFB, NM, Sandia National Lab · 80. Manzano Mtn, near Albuquerque, known as the Kirtland Munitions Storage Complex, Airforce, 3,000-acre base within the Kirtland AFB/Sandia National Labs complex, guarded by 4 lethal rings of fences, use unknown, suspected UFO base. A new 285,000-sq. ft. bunker is being built near Manzano Base. · 81. Pie Town, 34° 17.9’N 1 108°08.7’W, in area near Pie Town, UFO Base. · 82. Sandia Mountains NE of Albuquerque -reported saucer base · 83. to the north of Taos Pueblo · 84. White Sands, 32°22.8’N 106°28.8’W, major hub for research, tied in with Dulce & NORAD, HO for NASA /military shuttle flights, radiation research ctr. and mind control.
Slide 55: NEW YORK · 85. Adirondack Mountains (near Elizabethtown) · 86. New York Metro area · 87. Plattsburgh (near Canada and St. Albans) AFB, 49°40’N 73°33 W- two saucer bases in this area. OKLAHOMA · 88. Ada, 34°46.4’ N 96°40.7W W, underground saucer base, this base does human cloning, and it is FEMA’s most sensitive base. · 89. Ashland Naval Ammunition Depot, 34°45.9’N 96° 04.3’W,reported saucer base OREGON · 90. Bull Run, north side of Bull Run Reservoir area near Mt. Hood, and very close to Larch Mtn. and south of Benson St. Park of the Columbia Gorge. · 91. Coos Bay area has had three separate but coordinating underground facilities built for UFOs. The facility farthest east, about 20 miles inland in the wilderness near Hwy 42, has been shut down. It is now an old abandoned facility well camouflaged. The coast facility is probably still operational. · 92. Klamath Falls, OR--since Sept. ’95 this has been a base for a number of NWO groups incl. the Air National Guard, FEMA, CIA, FBI, Spetznaz, and MOSAP training base. An underground concentration camp exists here. PENNSYLVANIA · 93. Blue Ridge Summit, near Ft. Ritchie, known as ’Raven Rock" or "Site R", Army, major electronic nerve center, 650 ft. below surface with about 350 staff and over a 716 acre area. possibly connected via tunnel to Camp David. The NOD installation is involved with psychic (demonic) and satellite control over slaves. This underground complex is to allow the government of the United States to escape a nuclear attack. The enormous complex radiates under Wash. D.C. and connects with many other sites. The tunnel system is used to move some of the mind-control sex slaves. The walls and ceilings of the tunnels are ceramic tile with fluorescent lighting recessed into the ceilings. TEXAS · 94. Ft. Hood, TX, 31° 15’N 97° 48’ W, home of some Delta Mind-Controlled soldiers and a reported saucer base. · 95. Denton, TX, 33° 13.2’N 97° 08.2’W - FEMA, regional center, activity secret · 96. Red River Arsenal, TX- reported saucer base UTAH In Utah, the Kennecott Copper Company has been connected to the Illuminati and the KKK. These connections have been exposed in other writings by this author. Kennecott’s mine (reported to be owned by the World Bank) in the Salt Lake City area is serviced by Union Pacific, which is reported connected to the Mormon Church. The mine is receiving a heavy volume of big trucks after 11 p.m., for instance, in a normal night over 6 dozen large trucks with 2 trailors each rolling into the mine. In other words, it appears that
Slide 56: the heavy train & tractor trailor activity indicates something besides mining. VIRGINIA · 97. Bluemont, Mount Weather base, Federal Preparedness Agency & FEMA, small-city underground, top-secret, staff of several hundred, does secret work for FEMA and contains a complete secret government with the various agencies and cabinet-level ranking administrators that keep their positions for several administrations and help run the United States. · 98. Culpepper, 380 28.5 N 77°59.8’W, about 2 miles east of Culpepper off of Rt. 3, called Mount Pony, Illuminati--Fed. reserve, 140,000 sq. ft., includes a facility for the storage for corpses, monitors all major financial transactions in the U.S. by means of the "Fed Wire", a modern electronic system. · 99. Pentagon, Arlington, VA· 100. Warrington Training Ctr. --two sites one on Rt. 802 and the other on Bear Wallow Road, on Viewtree Mountain. One is Station A the other Station B. Army & ??, purpose unknown WASHINGTON · 101. Bothell, 47°45.7’N 122°12.2w W, FEMA, regional center, activity unknown WASHINGTON, D.C. · 102. WHITE HOUSE, 38°53.5’N 77°02.0’W--The secret NOD underground installation which is connected to the intelligence groups like NSA and the CIA as well as many other nefarious groups lays under the White House with tunnels connecting this NOD installation with the House of the Temple. The Supreme council of the 33° of the Scottish Rite’s House of the Temple has a 14’ x 25’ room in it with 13 chairs where the Illuminati’s Grand Druid Council meet. The NOD Deep Underground Installation has numerous levels to it. One eyewitness, went to level 17 (via an elevator) and stated that he believes that deeper levels exist. WEST VIRGINIA · 103. Sugar Grove, the Navy’s Strategic Intelligence Services microwave communications. There base here. · 104. White Sulphur Springs, under the Greenbriar Hotel, a mini-city large enough for 800 people equipped with its own crematorium, if there are any other purposes other than listening to U.S. microwave communication it is unknown by this author. Go Back to Mind Control Return to Underground Anomalous Constructions
Slide 57: by William Hamilton III from ThinkAboutIt Website Does a strange world exist beneath our feet? Strange legends have persisted for centuries about the mysterious cavern world and the equally strange beings who inhabit it. More UFOlogists have considered the possibility that UFOs may be emanating from subterranean bases, that UFO aliens have constructed these bases to carry out various missions involving Earth or humans. Belief in a subterranean world has been handed down as myth, tale, or rumor down the generations from all over the world. Some of these stories date back to ancient times and tell tales of fantastic flora and fauna that can be found in the caverns of ancient races. Socrates spoke of huge hollows within the Earth which are inhabited by man, and vast caverns which rivers flow. A legendary large cavern supposedly exists below Kokoweef Peak in southwestern California. Earl Dorr, a miner and prospector, followed clues given to him by Indians. He entered Crystal Cave in the thirties and followed a passage down into Kokoweef Mountain until he attained a depth of about a mile. There, he entered a large cavern which he proceeded to explore for a distance of eight miles. At the bottom of the cavern, a river flowed, rising and falling with the lunar tides, and depositing black sands rich in placer gold along its banks. One day, crazed by fever, Dorr used dynamite to seal shut the entrance to his fabulous cavern, and started a legend that still lures men to seek the fabled wealth below Kokoweef. Nowhere is the belief in a subterranean world more prevalent than with the Indians of North America. The Hopis believed they emerged from a world below the earth through a tunnel at the base of the San Francisco peaks near Flagstaff. There are also legends about mysterious Mount Shasta in northern California. The mountain is said to have housed a race of surviving Lemurians who built a sanctuary in the depths of the earth to escape the catastrophes which befell them. These Lemurians allied themselves with space travelers who built a saucer base inside the mountain. Whether ancient cities exist in caverns below the earth is anyone’s guess, but it’s a fact that governments have built underground tunnels and facilities for a variety of reasons. The Chinese, Russians, Vietnamese all built subterranean tunnels and bases. It shouldn’t come as a surprise that America has been building its own underground world. An elusive report in the August 7, 1989 edition of U.S. News and World Report, reveals the secret plan to carry on government in case of a disaster. The plan is called "Continuity of Government" or COG. The article stated that COG is the government’s ultimate insurance policy should Armageddon ever arrive, providing the program runs smoothly. In 1982, a new secret agency, the Defense Mobilization Planning Systems Agency was created and reports to the President.
Slide 58: In the event of a nuclear attack, special teams equipped with war plans, military codes, and other essential data would accompany each designated presidential successor to secret command posts around the country. Besides the president, another 46 key officials named in the Joint Emergency Evacuation Plan (JEEP) would be evacuated. There are 50 of these underground command post bunkers located in 10 different regions of the country, and each is linked with others via satellite or ground-wave relays. The U.S. Air Force sponsored research in deep underground construction as early as 1958. The RAND corporation carried out this research, and published proceedings from symposiums held on the subject of construction methods and equipment, utility installation, and the use of nuclear bursts to produce underground cavities. A great concern to underground construction engineers was the problem of ventilation. They considered it advisable to take into account all types of ventilation contamination, and not just radioactive fallout. Underground works included ingresses, egresses, and accommodations. The first two are generally provided for by shafts or tunnels, while the third requires larger openings, such as halls, chambers, cells, vaults, or other open spaces. Many problems in design and construction are common to all three, but the problems associated with the larger openings in the rock, required for accommodation purposes, are generally more complex and difficult than those for the smaller openings of tunnels or shafts. Operation and maintenance of underground installations can also pose special problems. Huge boring machines (below image) with large-diameter disc-grinders are used in constructing tunnels. Tunnels are needed to link one accommodation area to another, or one facility to another. The English Chunnel project is the largest engineering project in Europe, and will link France and England through a three-tunnel railway. The eleven boring machines used in the project are so large and so long that they were assembled in underground areas 65 feet high. Six of the machines are digging the submarine tunnel between the Dover Strait and Pas de Calais and five are digging the land tunnels leading away from the channel to aboveground terminals. The front of the boring machine contains tungsten-tipped picks that workers guide with the use of laser
Slide 59: projections on video screens. These boring machines are like huge, steel-encased worms. Sealed in each machine are teams of 35 men who line the cavity of the tunnel with concrete and guide the muck down the track. The machines bore the hole, remove the earth, and pave the inside of the tunnel with precast concrete segments. The digging face of the machine is a 95-ton, 28-foot-6-inch diameter disc, divided into cutting blades. The borer is 300-feet long. The September, 1983 Omni ran a picture story on the "Subterrene," a nuclear tunnel-boring machine developed at Los Alamos. The machine burrows through deep underground rock, heating it to a molten state (magma), which cools after the Subterrene moves on. The result is a tube with a smooth, glazed lining that can be used for the high-speed transport shuttles that link the sub-base complexes. Interestingly enough, an inventor named Charles Kaempen has invented a composite pipe that has enormous tensile strength. Kaempen has developed an undersea transportation tube that uses his unique system of lock coupling and merely has to be laid on the sea floor, obviating the need for excavating and tunneling. He has made a proposal to Spain to link Spain and Morocco using his new tube technology. Tunnel boring is undergoing a boom according to a recent article in the Wall Street Journal (Dec. 12, 1990). Susan Nelson, director of the American Underground Space Association is quoted in the article as saying, "There is simply a lot more interest in the world these days in tunneling and use of the underground in general." It says the underground is crowded with government-funded mega-projects and proposed projects. The Spanish want to put a tunnel through the Pyrenees and bore a road to Morocco on the African coast. The Norwegians want to burrow under the fiords. The Japanese are toying with tunneling through to South Korea. The Canadians are building a tunnel from New Foundland to Prince Edwards Island. In America, there are 87 public-works projects planned in the next three years alone. Bear in mind the fact that these are all classified as civil engineering projects. Where civil engineering goes today, military engineering has already gone yesterday. In 1959, the Rand Report carried photos of the giant Tunnel Boring Machines (TBMs). Large scale military engineering projects may have made extensive use of these machines since the fifties. Tunneling is getting a boost because of the increasingly crowded global landscape. Planners in Northern Italy are burying stretches of a freeway in a tunnel to avoid cutting a road through historical important forest and farmlands. Mr. Russell J. Miller of the Colorado School of Mines and director of the Center for Space Mining in Boulder, Colorado, is working on studies to determine the feasibility of putting space bases and cities underground on Mars and on the moon. Of course, someone from somewhere else may have already beaten Mr. Miller to the punch. Informants have told us that underground facilities utilize transport tubes to shuttle workers to and from work. This is more than a subway. These tube trains use high technology. It isn’t surprising, then, to learn that Frank P. Davidson of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology has a plan to unclog the airways by designing electric "wingless airplanes" that hurtle across continents and oceans in sealed tubes or tunnels that are essentially frictionless vacuum chambers. Perhaps he should meet with Dr. Kaempen and consider using his composite pipe as the tube. Underground diggers have their own society called "Moles," who find talk of tunneling and tunnels spicier than most of us surface dwellers. It’s no secret that governments have built their own secret underground railways and tunnels.
Slide 60: China’s leaders built secret rail tunnels under Beijing that would enable them to flee in a crisis. According to a Chinese civil servant, the tunnels linked leader’s homes, government buildings, the central bank and an army base. That sounds like a well-thought-out-plan. Grab your prized possessions, cash from the bank, armed guards from the base, and run like hell! The network was built up over a period of 40 years as a defense against foreign invaders. We can be sure that what China has done we have done. Japan, dense and overcrowded, is giving serious thought to living underground. They are planning to build underground sewage plants, underground railroads, and underground cities. According to a recent issue of Omni, The Taisei Corporation is planning to build a subterranean mall called "Alice City." There would be underground stores, offices, hotels, theaters, and sports arenas. Strolling spaces would meander through interior spaces populated with trees, birds, fish tanks, bridges, and waterfalls. The Shimizu Corporation has a blueprint for constructing an underground grid that would span 2,000 square miles underneath Tokyo. This grid would contain a number of commercial centers connected by subway trains that could shuttle workers to and from work. According to science-writer Isaac Asimov, there are advantages to living underground. For one thing, no one would worry about the weather. The temperature could be held at a fairly constant level, between 55 and 60 degrees F, and a lot of energy used for heating and cooling could be saved. Without the diurnal sun cycle, no one would know day from night. People could be working around the clock or playing around the clock, depending on their penchant. All transportation, communication, and housing could go underground, freeing the surface world from human trampling. The surface of the planet would have a few nice restaurants and recreation centers where people could observe clear blue skies, the returning planet and animal life, and have room for all to roam on a weekend hike. Earthquakes would cause only one-fifth the damage to underground structures that they cause to surface structures. In a provocatively speculative book entitled Alternative 3, author Leslie Watkins proposes that scientist have become concerned with the state of the Earth’s atmosphere, a scenario that is much easier to accept these days. Secret meetings between scientist produce three alternatives for handling the imminent danger. • "Alternative 1" was a plan to blast holes through the stratosphere to release heat and pollution. • "Alternative 2" was a plan to relocate Earth’s population in massive underground caverns drawing fresh, cool air from the soil (Perhaps there is a real Alternative 2 in progress). • "Alternative 3" was to escape the Earth and go to Mars. We will consider Alternative 3 later. Whether any real such alternative plans exist is not being argued here, but the concepts are useful in examining the future directions of secret projects. The Atomic Energy Commission initiated Project Plowshare in 1957 to develop peaceful uses of nuclear explosives. It has explored the use of nuclear blasts to build harbors, dams, highway cuts, and canals, and to stimulate oil and natural gas production by following up the widely used practice of detonating ordinary chemical explosions in oil- and gas-bearing strata. The first test of this technique, known as Project Gasbuggy, took place 4,240 feet below ground in a desolate area of New Mexico know as the San Juan Basin, on December 10, 1967, where a 26-kiloton nuclear "device" was exploded in a sealed well. While Gasbuggy was only a single experiment, the A.E.C., in partnership with Austral Oil Company of Houston, subsequently began the first of what promised to be a long series of even larger nuclear explosions, on the order of two 100-kiloton shots each year, for a period of 10 years or more. The first explosion, known as Project Rulison, was a 40-kiloton shot, some 8,400 feet below ground at a site near Rifle, Colorado, on September 10th, 1969. A method that has been suggested to build bases on the moon may already be in operation on Earth. With the use of controlled nuclear blasts it will be possible to excavate cavities beneath the
Slide 61: lunar surface. A missile could be used to drill a hole approximately 50 feet deep, then a second blast would produce a cavity about 45 feet in diameter. An igloo would be constructed over the hole, a plastic bag dropped down the cavity and filled with air. The work area and living quarters would then be constructed. It may prove more efficient and practical to "house" future moon colonies in artificial or natural caves beneath the lunar surface, than to attempt construction of exposed meteorite domes. Living quarters, spacious parks, lakes, and wooded areas could be constructed underground. A transportation tube would connect various colonists to other ports and distant parts of the moon. Back on Earth, we have reports of equally suspicious parks. An ex-security officer, who once worked underground in the Groom Lake area of Nevada, said he once saw a baseball diamond and an Olympic-sized swimming pool in one of the caverns a mile below the Nevada desert. What’s going on in the deep underground tunnels below Mercury Base at the Nevada Test Site? After hearing the story of Bob Lazar on KVEG radio, a construction worker called Billy Goodman and Bob Lazar to say, "We are the construction workers... we put things together and take them apart... of the meeting of seven people, there are two who will come forward to support you." This mysterious caller further said, "There’s more than just tunnels down there. There’s everything you can imagine down there. I know because we put it up. We installed. We did everything." Informants have mentioned underground tunnels and facilities in • New Mexico at: ○ Dulce ○ Sunspot ○ Datil ○ Corona ○ Taos Pueblo ○ Albuquerque • Arizona in the Santa Catalina Mountains • Colorado at: ○ Delta ○ Grand Mesa ○ Colorado Springs • California at: ○ Needles ○ Edwards AFB ○ Tehachapi Mountains ○ Ft. Irwin ○ Norton AFB ○ Morongo Valley • Nevada at: ○ Blue Diamond ○ Nellis AFB ○ Groom Lake ○ Papoose Lake areas ○ Quartzite Mountain ○ Tonopah I became interested in a possible underground installation in the Techachapi Mountains in the summer of 1988. A young couple, Ray and Nancy, reported that they had gone to a plateau in the mountains after Ray’s shift work had completed at the Northrop Plant. Ray was inspector on the B-2 project. The plateau is adjacent to the perimeter of the leased Tejon Ranch where
Slide 62: Northrop has built a secret underground facility. It was about one o’clock in the morning when Ray and Nancy spotted a brilliant orb coming out of the ground which flashed light in their direction. They could not account for two-and-half hours of missing time. Ray thought that they had the orb under observation for about an hour, yet the next memory is of sunrise! Under hypnosis, Ray recalls being abducted and taken to an underground base populated by little grey EBEs and Air Force and security personnel. The EBEs were examining Nancy who had been restrained on a metal table. Ray’s emotions swelled under hypnotic recall of the incident. A local man claims he saw a flying saucer emerge and take-off from a silo on the property. A disgruntled contractor reported that he worked on constructing the tunnels in the underground area and was bothered by the Air Force probes that were often seen hovering in the tunnels. He described these probes as small orbs, and said that this facility was nicknamed "The ANTHILL" because of its resemblance to underground ant colonies. The tunnels have round doorways without doors. Adjacent to the doorways are security panels with red and green lights. There are some kind of cylinders embedded in the doorway jams that protect a field of energy of some sort. Black helicopters have been sighted around Boynton and Secret Canyon near Sedona, Arizona. A man living in Long Canyon has sighted a lot of strange things in the canyon areas, and residents suspect a secret government installation has been established in, of all places, Secret Mountain! One of my investigators hiked to Secret Canyon late one night and was stopped by a voice on a loudspeaker and a laser-targeting light on his chest. He was told he had entered a restricted area and to turn around and leave. We have now spotted and photographed the small orbs around the "Anthill." These orbs definitely exhibit the peculiar characteristics reported in other UFO sightings. Since that time, we have located two other secret facilities. One is at a place in the MojaveDesert called Llano. It is an extremely secure facility, but witnesses have seen an extremely bright light burning atop a pylon inside of a movable behemoth-sized structure. This light does not illuminate the interior of the structure! Orbs have been seen in the vicinity of this facility as well. We can only conjecture about what secret programs are being conducted away from preying eyes. The underground can and does hold all sorts of secrets. Some of the most amazing revelations about what goes on in the underground projects comes from a mysterious informant named Thomas, and who claims there is, indeed, a deep dark secret harbored underneath the imposing mountainous elevations of Northern New Mexico. The Deep Dark Secret at Dulce Dulce is a sleepy little town in northern New Mexico of about 900 population located above 7,000 feet on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. There is only one major motel and a few stores. It’s not a resort town and it is not bustling with activity. But, according to a few outsiders, Dulce harbors a deep, dark secret. The secret is harbored deep below the tangled brush of Archuleta Mesa. The secret is said to be a joint government-alien biogenetic laboratory designed to carry out bizarre experiments on humans and animals. New Mexico State Police Officer Gabe Valdez was drawn into the mysteries of Dulce when called to investigate a mutilated cow in a pasture 13 miles east of Dulce on the Manual Gomez ranch. Gomez had lost four cattle to mutilations between 1976 and June 1978 when a team of investigators which included Tom Adams arrived from Paris, Texas to examine the site of the carcasses.
Slide 63: Curious as to how cattle were being selected by the mysterious mutilators, an interesting experiment was conducted on July 5, 1978 by Valdez, Gomez, and retired scientist Howard Burgess. They pinned up about 120 of the Gomez beef cattle and moved them through a squeeze chute under an ultraviolet light. They found a, "glittery substance on the right side of the neck, the right ear, and the right leg." Samples of the affected hides were removed as well as control samples from the same animals. Schoenfeld Clinical Laboratories in Albuquerque analyzed the samples and found significant deposits of potassium and magnesium. The potassium content was 70 times above normal. Some investigators attribute the mutilations to aliens from UFOs. UFOs have been seen frequently around Dulce. Sightings of strange lights and other aerial phenomena have been reported in many areas where the cows have been found at the time of the reported mutilation. On April 19, 1988, I arrived in Dulce to visit with Gabe Valdez and inquire about the sightings, the mutes, and the rumors of an underground alien base. Snow was still on the ground. I checked into the Best Western Motel and called Valdez to make an appointment to see me at 9:30 PM. I found Gabe to be a very congenial host, offering to show me around the roads of Dulce that night and point out some various locations where he had found mutilated cows or had seen strange aerial lights. He made the astounding statement that he was still seeing unidentified aircraft at the rate of one every two nights. We took a look at the Gomez Ranch, the road by the Navajo River, and the imposing Archuleta Mesa. Gabe had found landing tracks and crawler marks near the site of the mutes, and was convinced that scientist Paul Bennewitz of Thunder Scientific Labs in Albuquerque, was definitely on the right track in his attempts to locate the underground alien facility in the vicinity of Dulce. No one knew for sure where the facility was located or how humans or aliens gained secret entry to the facility. I had first heard of Paul Bennewitz in 1980 when my friend Walter called me from Albuquerque and told me he had been working with Paul on electronic instruments. Walter informed me that Paul had not only photographed UFOs, but had established a communication link with their underground base at Dulce. Bennewitz had first come to prominence during the August, 1980, sightings over the Manzano Weapons Storage Area at Kirtland AFB. A Kirtland AFB incident report dated October 28, 1980 mentions that Bennewitz had taken film of the UFOs over Kirtland. Paul, who was president of the Thunder Scientific Labs which was adjacent to Kirtland gave a briefing in Albuquerque detailing how he had seen the aliens on a video screen. At the time, the aliens were transmitting signals to him from a base underneath Archuleta Mesa. Researcher William Moore claims that the government agents became interested in Bennewitz’s activities and were trying to defuse him by pumping as much disinformation through him as he could absorb. Whether Paul’s communication with supposed aliens at the Dulce Base was part of this disinformation campaign is unclear. If we believe that Paul is the single source of reports on the Dulce Facility, then discounting Paul’s story and discrediting him could be a tactical maneuver. The actual disinformation maneuver would result in making the public believe there was nothing to the Dulce story. In a report entitled "PROJECT BETA," Paul states that he had spent two years tracking the alien craft; that he had constant reception of video from an alien ship and underground base viewscreen; that he had established constant direct communications with the aliens using a computer and a form of hexadecimal code with graphics and print-out; and claims to have used aerial and ground photography to locate the alien ship’s launch ports charged beam weapons. Paul claimed that the aliens were devious, employed deception, and did not adhere to agreements. He and Walter were working on a weapon that would counter the aliens.
Slide 64: Have we crossed over from the land of the real world to the land of science-fiction? But then, bizarre phenomena may have its roots in a bizarre reality. As we continue our studies, the world of science-fiction will become the world of science-fact. Paul Bennewitz had investigated the case of abductee Myrna Hansen of New Mexico, who reported having been taken to an underground facility in May 1980. Christa Tilton of Oklahoma claims she had an experience of missing time in July, 1987, when she had been abducted by two small grey aliens and transported in their craft to a hillside location where she encountered a man dressed in a red military-type jump suit. She was taken into a tunnel through computerized check-points displaying security cameras. She reports having been taken on a transit vehicle to another area where she stepped on a scale-like device facing a computer screen. After the computer issued her an identification card, she was told by her guide that they had just entered Level One of a seven-level underground facility. Christa goes on relating how she was eventually take down to Level Five, where she reports having seen alien craft and little grey alien entities in some of the areas that she passed through. In one large room where she saw computerized gauges hooked to large tanks and large arms that extended from some tubing down into the tanks. She noticed a humming sound, smelled formaldehyde, and had the impression that a liquid was being stirred in the tanks. She was not shown the contents of these tanks. Christa has made drawings of much of what she claims to have witnessed during her abduction. These tanks were also depicted in a set of controversial papers called the "Dulce Papers," which were allegedly stolen from the Dulce underground facility along with over 30 black and white photos and a video tape. The mysterious security officer who took the papers claims to have worked at Dulce until 1979 when he decided that the time had come to part company with his employers. The rest of this chapter relates how this security officer met with a colleague of mine in order to tell us the truth about the aliens, the U.S. Government, and the Dulce Base. His intention was to come out of hiding and present hard evidence to back his claims. In late 1979, Thomas C. (Thomas Costello) could no longer cope with the awesome reality he had to confront. As a high level security officer at the joint alien-U.S. Government underground base near Dulce he had learned of and had seen disturbing things. After much inner conflict, he decided to desert the facility and take various items with him. Using a small camera, he took over 30 photos of areas within the multi-level complex. He collected documents and removed a security video tape from the Control Center which showed various security camera views of the hallways, labs, aliens, and U.S. Government personnel to take with him. Then, by shutting off the alarm and camera system in one of the over 100 exits to the surface, he left the facility with the photos, video, and documents. The "originals" were hidden after five sets of copies were made. Thomas was ready to go into hiding. But, when he went to pick up his wife and young son, he found a van and government agents waiting. His wife and child had been kidnapped. He had been betrayed by K. Lomas (a fellow worker). The agents wanted what Thomas had taken from the facility in order to get his wife and son back. When it became apparent to him they would be used in biological experiments and were not going to be returned unharmed, he decided to get lost. That was over ten years ago. How did Thomas get involved in all this covert intrigue? Thomas, now is his 50’s was in his mid-twenties, when he received top secret training in photography at an underground facility in West Virginia. For seven years he worked in high security photography in the Air Force. In 1971, he left and went to work for the Rand Corp. in
Slide 65: Santa Monica, California. In 1977 he was transferred to the Dulce facility. He bought a home in Santa Fe, New Mexico, and worked Monday through Friday. He commuted to work via a deep underground tube-shuttle system. At this time, a fellow researcher was working security in Santa Fe, N.M. and was privately investigating UFO sightings, animal mutilations, Masonic and Wicca groups in the area. Thomas had a mutual friend who came to Santa Fe in 1979 to visit both the researcher and Thomas. This visitor later viewed the photos, the video tape, and documents taken from the Dulce Base. Drawings were made from what was seen and later circulated in the UFO research community as the "Dulce Papers." Thomas alleges that there were over 18,000 short "greys" at the Dulce Facility, and that he saw reptilian humanoids. A colleague had come face-to-face with a 6-foot tall Reptoid which had materialized in his house. The Reptoid showed an interest in research maps of New Mexico and Colorado which were on the wall. The maps were full of colored push-pins and markers to indicate sites of animal mutilations, caverns, locations of high UFO activity, repeated flight paths, abduction sites, ancient ruins, and suspected alien underground bases. The multi-level facility at Dulce (click image above) is reported to have a central HUB which is controlled by base security. The security level goes up as one descends to lower levels. Thomas had an ULTRA-7 clearance. He knew of seven sub-levels, but there may have been more. Most of the aliens supposedly are on levels 5, 6 and 7 with alien housing on level 5. The only sign in English was over the tube shuttle station hallway which read "to Los Alamos." Connections go from Dulce to the Page, Arizona facility, then onto an underground base below Area 51 in Nevada. Tube shuttles go to and from Dulce to facilities below Taos, N.M.; Datil, N.M.; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Creed, Colorado; Sandia’ then on to Carlsbad, New Mexico. There appears to be a vast network of tube shuttle connections under the U.S. which extends into a global system of tunnels and sub-cities. At the Dulce Base, most signs on doors and hallways are in the alien symbol language and a universal symbol system understood by humans and aliens. Thomas stated that after the second level, everyone is weighed in the nude, then given a uniform. Visitors are given off-white uniforms; jump suits with a zipper. The weight of the person is put on a computer I.D. card each day. Any change in weight is noted; if over three pounds, a physical exam and X-ray is required.
Slide 66: Scales are located in front of all sensitive areas and are built into the floor near doorways and the door control panels. An individual places his computer I.D. card into the door slot, then enters a numerical code onto a keypad. The person’s weight and code must match the card or the door will not open. Any discrepancy will summon security. No one is allowed to carry anything into sensitive areas. All supplies are put on a conveyor belt and X-rayed. The same method is used in leaving sensitive areas. All elevators are controlled magnetically; there are no elevator cables. The magnetic system is inside the walls of the elevator shaft, there are no normal electrical controls. Everything is controlled by advanced magnetics, including lighting. There are no regular light bulbs and the tunnels are illuminated by phosphorous units with broad structureless emission bands. Some deep tunnels use a form of phosphorous pentoxide to temporarily illuminate areas. The aliens won’t go near these areas for reasons unknown. • Level 1 contains the garage for street maintenance. • Level 2 contains the garage for trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines and disc maintenance. • The studies on Level 4 include human-aura research, as well as all aspects of telepathy, hypnosis, and dreams. Thomas says that they know how to separate the bioplasmic body from the physical body to place an "alien entity" life-force-matrix within a human body after removing the "soul" lifeforce-matrix of the human. • Level 6 is privately called "Nightmare Hall." It holds the genetic labs, where experiments are done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly altered from their original form. There are multi-armed and multi-legged humans and several cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens have taught the humans a lot about genetics; things both useful and dangerous. The Grey and reptoid species are highly analytical and technologically oriented. They have had ancient conflicts with the Nordic humans from other space societies, and may be staging here for a future conflict. Intensely into computing and bio- engineering sciences, they are led to doing reckless experiments without regard for what we consider to be ethical and empathetic conduct toward other living creatures. Principal government organizations involved in mapping human genetics, the so-called genome projects, are within: • the Department of Energy (which has a heavy presence on the Nevada Test Site) • the National Institute of Health • the National Science Foundation • the Howard Huges Medical Institute • the Dulce Underground Labs which are run by the DOE Thomas had revealed that the chief of the genetic experiments for Los Alamos and Dulce is Larry Deaven. According to Thomas, the alien androgynal breeder is capable of parthenogenesis. At Dulce, the common form or reproduction is by polyembryony. Each embryo can, and does divide into 6 to 9 individual "cunne" (pronounced cooney, i.e. siblings). The needed nutriment for the developing cunne is supplied by the "formula," which usually consist of plasma, deoxyhemoglobin, albumin, lysozyme, cation, amniotic fluid and more. The term "genome" is used to describe the totality of the chromosomes unique to a particular organism (or any cell within an organism), as distinct from the genotype, which is the information contained within those chromosomes. The human genes are mapped to specific chromosomal locations. This is an ambitious project that will take years and a lot of computer power to accomplish.
Slide 67: Is the alien and human BIO-TECH being used to nurture and serve us, or is it being used to control and dominate us? Why have UFO abductees been used in genetic experiments? It was when Thomas encountered humans in cages on Level 7 of the Dulce facility that things finally reached a climax for him. Row after row of thousands of humans, human-mixture remains, and embryos of humanoids were kept in cold storage. He says, "I frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or drugged, but sometimes they cried and begged for help. We were told they were hopelessly insane, and involved in high-risk drug tests to cure insanity. We were told to never speak to them at all. At the beginning we believed that story. Finally in 1978 a small group of workers discovered the truth. That began the Dulce wars." Thomas also says the aliens don’t want the land, the gold, the minerals, or water that we posses, nor even the human or animal life. What they do want is magnetic power that surges on and through the Earth. The aliens harvest this magic power in a way unknown to us. Thomas says the aliens recognize this power as more valuable than any other commodity on our globe. It may be unpalatable to digest or believe Thomas’ story. In fact, it seems like part of a living nightmare. There is evidence that something strange does go on at Dulce. Does Thomas have the answer? There may be a terrible truth hidden behind the continuing phenomena of UFO sightings, abductions, and animal mutilations. Our government intelligence agencies have had an ongoing watchful eye on all UFO activities for many decades now. This extraordinary phenomenon must have an extraordinary explanation. We may be only one outpost in a vast interstellar empire. Recently, researcher John Anderson went to Dulce, N.M., to see if there was any truth to the reported UFO activity. He says as he arrived in town he saw a caravan of cars and a McDonellDouglas mini-lab in a van going up a rural road near the town. He followed them to a fenced-in compound where he waited to see further developments. Suddenly, six UFOs descended rapidly over the compound, hovered long enough for him to snap a picture, then shot up and out of sight. When later stopping at a store, he told the owner about the UFO photo he had taken, the store owner listened and revealed how he had been a victim rancher of cattle mutes. Their conversation was interrupted by a phone call. The store owner told John to leave at once, then after John went to his car, he saw a mysterious van drive up to the store and a man got out and went inside. John, deciding to leave Dulce, was followed by two men in a car as he left town. Even more recently a research team has gone up to Archuleta Mesa to take soundings under the ground. Preliminary and tentative computer analysis of these soundings seem to indicate deep cavities under the mesa. How long will the secret of Dulce, known to insiders as Section D, remain locked up inside the mute New Mexico mountains? Forever? Return to Underground Constructions Return to Robert O.Dean Return to Dulce Base
Slide 68: by Richard Boylan, Ph.D. from Boylan Website In July of 1952 the world was electrified by large newspaper headlines and photos of squadrons of UFOs flying repeatedly over the nation’s Capital in Washington, DC. Four months later WW II General Dwight Eisenhower was elected President. The same month President Eisenhower took office (January, 1953), the CIA’s Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) was ordered to determine if UFOs were interstellar vehicles. OSI convened the Robertson Panel of scientists, which recommended expansion of an Air Force study of UFOs, Project Blue Book. A year later, in April, 1954, as documented by Gerald Light, President Eisenhower made a secret trip to Muroc Field (now Edwards Air Force Base), in the California desert, accompanied by generals, reporter Franklin Allen of the Hearst Newspapers Group, Los Angeles Catholic Bishop James McIntyre, and others. The President had previously arranged to be in nearby Palm Springs, CA, purportedly for a golfing vacation. He "was spirited over to Muroc one night," while reporters were fed the cover story that the President had a toothache and needed to see a dentist. While at Muroc Air Field, Eisenhower was present while an extraterrestrial disc landed. Several Star Visitors emerged to converse with the President and the generals. The extraterrestrials requested that Eisenhower make the public aware of extraterrestrial contact with Earth forthwith. The President protested that humans were not ready, and needed time to be prepared for adjusting to this stupendous reality. By the end of the following month, May, 1954, President Eisenhower’s CIA Director, Walter Bedell Smith, Prince Bernhard of Netherlands, David Rockefeller and other top world financiers, later-Secretary of State Dean Rusk, later-British Minister of Defense Denis Healey, and other Western power leaders convened the inaugural meeting of the Bilderberg Group, "a means of Western collective management of the world order". [5] One of the early items on the Bilderberg agenda was extraterrestrial contact. Shortly after establishing itself, the Bilderberg Group collaborated with the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), another international policy body devoted to world management. They discussed the problem of adjusting humankind to extraterrestrial presence. Bilderberg and CFR decided jointly in the mid-1950s to enter into an arrangement with the extraterrestrials: The ETs were given an island in French Polynesia as a base on Earth. This arrangement afforded them an opportunity to monitor closely Earth cultures and behavior; and it permitted Earth governments a way to monitor extraterrestrial culture and behavior. "It became an on-going experiment," as my former-NSA informant put it.
Slide 69: He added that when official public announcement of the extraterrestrial presence occurs, "they will be the ones introduced to Earthlings; ’Oh, by the way, we want to welcome our neighbors from the Pleiades, who by the way have been here since [the beginning of Earth] time, but [are] actually living in our place, date, space and time.’" "They are the diplomatic corps." Jesse reported that the U.S. particularly held out for many concessions before agreeing to the arrangement. He did not specify what those concessions were, but history subsequent to 1954 suggests that what the U.S. obtained was the lion’s share of extraterrestrial scientist consultants, to assist American scientists in understanding and adapting exotic ET technologies into such devices we now know as the: • computer chip • fibre optics • lasers • gene-splicing therapy • cloning • night-vision equipment • super-tenacity fibers (such as Kevlar lightweight armor) • aerospace ceramics • Stealth technology • particle-beam devices • gravity-control flight NSC’s Dr. Michael Wolf has previously revealed in his book The Catchers of Heaven that he worked with ETs as part of his governmental duties. "I met with extraterrestrial individuals every day in my work, and shared living quarters with them," while doing research at extremely-classified underground government research laboratories. He added, "Zetas work in underground facilities, as requested by the U.S. Government. The ETs are not breaking the U.S. Government- Zeta treaties, but the Government has broken treaties by mistreating ETs, and trying to fire on UFOs." Dr. Wolf also described working with very human-appearing races dubbed the Nordics and Semitics. He said, "The Semitics and Nordics [ETs] come from Altair 4 and 5 and from the Pleiades [star systems]." Wolf also disclosed that in 1954 the U.S. had four extraterrestrial corpses in the "Blue Room", Hanger 18 at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio. These bodies came from a series of retrievals of downed UFOs. "The first UFO came down in 1941 into the ocean west of San Diego, and was retrieved by the Navy." [6] Between that and the first publicly-announced Roswell UFO crash in 1947, Wolf says there was another crash in 1946, as well as two other crashes in 1947. The following additional revelation will permit you to ignore those Boeing commercials and NASA press releases about how America currently is building its own first manned space station. M y ex-NSA informant revealed that there has been a manned "deep space platform" in orbit above Earth for over thirty years! "It [has] had three-man [American] crews as well as Russians ’on’ since ’68!" He further states that since 1973, the space station received additional extremely-high technology, "and has had upgrades since."
Slide 70: His disclosure confirms reports I had heard previously from former military officers about a secret space platform in orbit. This disclosure makes clear that the Cape Canaveral Space Shuttles launches, and the "first" American space station being assembled by NASA’, are just government "cover" programs. Such programs have served to deflect the public from becoming aware before now of the existence of a black-project military space station, and of classified military craft which can go well past orbit into deep space. Jesse furnished me additional details about its operation. The space station has been serviced by secret military spacecraft long before the first American Space Shuttle flew in 1981. In 1988 previous models of spacefaring military vehicles were superseded by the "Nautilus", a spacecraft with a rounded delta shape built jointly by special projects divisions of Europe’s Airbus Industrie and U.S.’s Boeing Corporation. Nautilus has a propulsion system which utilizes magnetic pulsing. Nautilus-type craft make twiceweekly trips up into space and back, to service the secret international space station. The Nautilus is based in Utah. My informant would not identify the base, but said that it was positioned within a mountain so stealthfully that you could drive by and never know it was there. He also stated that the principal headquarters of the U.S. Space Command has been relocated from Cheyenne Mountain, Colorado to this underground installation in Utah. [7] Look for further significant disclosures in the weeks and months ahead, as the current U.S. Administration tries to disentangle itself from 50 years of Cold War secrecy. And as it does so, those who have felt all alone with their personal experience of contact by Visitors from the stars, (who have been deeply involved in our society and its evolution), should feel less isolated. Footnotes: 1. Jesse provided additional comment on successor craft to the secret military Space Shuttle. "Matter of fact, it (military Shuttle) was replaced in ’85 with Aurora up to ’92", thus indicating that the oft-rumored Aurora hyperfast aerospace vehicle not only was operational since 1985, but is already obsolete. Jesse says that its successor "followed on with DarkStar’s retro-fit." This, according to the late USAF Colonel Steve Wilson, is the Lockheed X-22A DarkStar, a two-man discoid craft, which uses antigravity technology on a airframe perfected on Lockheed’s "cover" program, a conventional unmanned reconnaissance drone, the X-22, also called DarkStar. Jesse tantalizes with a hint about the antigravity DarkStar’s having becoming obsolete by "another [craft] in 2001", yet another exotic space vehicle. Jesse added, "The [Cape Canaveral] Shuttle stuff you see is for Hollywood to direct." 2. And the apparent coincidence of Arthur C. Clarke writing in "2001"about a Monolith discovered by astronauts turns out not really to be a coincidence at all. Jesse revealed that Clarke has been in the employ of the Central Intelligence Agency, and thus could well have heard about the non-fiction Monolith even before its retrieval. 3. "It depends on the vacuum expectation value to go particle ground state, and with this you time travel on a wave." Jesse says that Dr. Wolf was at the RAND Corporation at one point in his career, and developed an 18-foot-wide torus-
Slide 71: shaped antigravity field, using counter-rotating magnets. Wolf was quite familiar with the government gravity-control formulae, being involved in UFO research as a member of NSC’s MJ-12 [UFO information control] subcommittee. 5. (Sklar, H., ed., 1981. Trilateralism. Boston: South End Press.) 6. The Navy has held a leadership position in UFO matters ever since. 7. Nautilus-class craft were also used at the beginning of the Gulf War, to penetrate Iraqi airspace from space. Soon thereafter, Stealth aircraft took over covert penetration operations. Return to Boylan Return to Extraterrestrial Tecnology Return to Underground Constructions by A.J.S. Rayl (Vol. 16, No. 7, April 1994, pp. 48-59) from ThinkAboutIt Website Contents • • • • Introduction NATO Meets E.T. - Robert O. Dean Project Galileo - Bob Lazar Baffled at Bentwaters - Col. Charles I. Halt Return Introduction
Slide 72: In 1969, Project Blue Book -- the 16-year U.S. Air Force investigation of UFOs -- came to an end, and so did the government’s interest in extraterrestrial flying discs. Or so the American public has been told. In recent years, numerous individuals and documents from various agencies have emerged from behind the veil of government secrecy to tell a different story. Their spin: that while the government officially abandoned all interest in UFOs, a secret military underground was hot on the trail of suspicious radar blips, saucers, and even the aliens themselves. What follows are the stories of three individuals--two of whom come with impressive military credentials; they say they have glimpsed what seems like evidence of a decades-old cover-up cloaked in the guise of national security. The third interviewee, a propulsion-system engineer, claims he was hired by an independent military contractor to study the innards of an extraterrestrial spacecraft being researched and tested on the Nellis Air Range in central Nevada. Omni cannot endorse the veracity of the stories told below. In fact, we must emphasize that extraordinary tales like these require extraordinary levels of proof certainly not furnished in our pages, nor, we feel, anywhere else. That said, we’ll get to the fun part. In the pages that follow, you’ll find strange tales of alien intrigue and UFO woe. Decide for yourself: Are these the ravings of demented hoaxers and madmen or revelations of truth? Their stories, delivered in dossier format, have been edited from interviews conducted by author A. J. S. Rayl during the past year. Go Back NATO Meets E.T. Name: Robert O. Dean, retired Army command sergeant major Claim: Back in the Sixties, NATO issued a classified report stating that UFOs were real, of extraterrestrial origin, and had visited the earth. This extraordinary report was said to come out of NATO’s command center, the Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers, Europe (SHAPE), located then just outside of Paris, France. Background: Dean, a highly decorated veteran, served on the front lines in both Korea and Vietnam. In 1963, while assigned to the Supreme Headquarters Operations Center (SHOC), SHAPE’s war room, headed up by then-supreme allied commander of Europe, Gen. Lyman Lemnitzer, Dean claims he was able to read the detailed 12-inch-thick NATO report on UFOs. The Story: "SHAPE was one of those choice assignments. You had to have a spotless record and pass security background checks. I applied on a whim and got it. I was very proud and pleased. At SHAPE, I was put through more security checks, given a Cosmic Top Secret (yes, this is a real term) clearance, the highest NATO has, and assigned to the Supreme Headquarters Operations Center, known as SHOC, the NATO war room. In those days, the activity would run hot and cold and much of it would depend on how the Soviets wanted to play it. The most intriguing thing to me was that we were continually having a problem with large, metallic, circular objects that would
Slide 73: appear over central Europe; these were reported as visual phenomena by our pilots and appeared on radar as well. Some flew in formation, and most of the time we spotted them coming out of the Soviet Union, over East Germany, West Germany, France, and then they would often circle somewhere over the English Channel and head north, disappearing from NATO radar over the Norwegian Sea. These objects were very large, moving very fast, at very high altitudes--higher than we could reach at the time--and they seemed obviously under intelligent control. "I was told this had been going on for some time and that in February 1961 there had been quite a scare. Fifty of these objects were spotted on radar and headed in formation from the Soviet Union toward Europe, flying at about 100,000 feet. The Soviets had closed all borders. Everybody went to red alert. All hell broke loose. We really thought `The War’ had started. We scrambled. We knew the Russians were scrambling. It was the largest number of these objects that had been seen. Fortunately--and only by the grace of God--we didn’t start bombing and neither did the Russians. In nine minutes, they were gone. "I was told that then-Deputy Supreme Allied Commander of Europe, Sir Thomas Pike, had been repeatedly requesting information from London and Washington about these objects, but nothing would ever come. We found out later that the Columbine-Topaz spy ring in Paris was intercepting everything and forwarding it to the KGB, which often got intelligence information even before we did. So Pike decided, I was told, to develop an in-house study to determine whether these objects were a military threat. "In the meantime, the UFO matter literally brought about the establishment of direct communication between the East and West in 1962, which I have always found interesting and ironic. We had pretty well determined by that time that these were not Russian craft, and the Russians had determined they were not ours. So, we came to an understanding, and a direct telephone line was opened between SHOC and the Warsaw Pact Headquarters Command. Of course, a setup was always a possibility, so we had backup ways of checking out whether the Russians were being truthful. But since we were both armed to the teeth and World War III was just ticking away, it was a logical step in the right direction. That idea developed into the hotline between the president of the United States and the soviet premier, following the Cuban Missile Crisis. "Well, by the time I arrived in 1963, everybody had been talking about the study, and I had heard the rumors, seen the blips on radar, witnessed the commotions, and some of us occasionally even talked about the possibilities. But nothing really prepared me for what I started to read in the early morning hours one night in January 1964. "It was about 2:00 a.m. and a relatively quiet night when the
Slide 74: SHOC controller on duty went into the vault and came out with this huge document. `Take a look at this,’ he said. The title was simply Assessment: An Evaluation of a Possible Military Threat to Allied Forces in Europe. It was numbered, #3, stamped Cosmic Top Secret, had eight inches worth of appendices, dozens of photographs, and had been signed into the vault by German colonel Heinz Berger, SHOC’s head of security. I quickly learned that it was based on two and a half years of research, was funded by NATO money, and that only 15 copies were published--in English, German, and French. Each one was numbered. All were classified and ordered to be kept under lock and key. "Every time I got the chance, from then until I left, I would read a section or two in it. It was the most intriguing document I’d ever read. It was put together by military representatives of every NATO nation and also included contributions from some of the greatest scientific minds. These objects were violating all of our known laws of physics, and the study team had gone to Cambridge, Oxford, the Sorbonne, MIT, and other major universities for input on chemistry, physics, atmospheric physics, biology, history, psychology, and even theology, all of which were separate appendices. "I read about theories on Einstein’s sought-after unified-field theory, the high radiation at various landing sites, and UFO reports that dated back to the Roman era and up to our own F105 pilots’ sightings and encounters, and on and on. I had always been a skeptic, but this report, well... it concluded that this stuff was not science fiction. "I read about contact encounters. One incident that had just happened in 1963 involved a landing on a Danish farm. According to the report, the farmer went aboard with the two little beings and two more human-looking men who spoke to him in Danish. The report included parts of his interrogation by government authorities and their conclusions that he was telling the truth. In another incident, according to the reports, a craft landed on an Italian airfield and offered to take an Italian sergeant for a ride. He wet his pants--that’s what it said--and was so scared, he didn’t go. "The appendix that really got to me was titled `Autopsies.’ I saw pictures of a 30-meter disc that had crashed in Timmensdorfer, Germany, near the Baltic Sea in 1961. The British Army, according to the report, got there first and put up a perimeter. The craft had landed in very soft, loamy soil near the Russian border and so hadn’t destructed, but one-third of it was buried in. We and the Russians, who also quickly showed up, had both tracked it. "Inside, there were 12 small bodies, all dead. There were pictures of the bodies, which looked like the beings known as the `grays,’ being laid out and then put on stretchers and loaded into jeeps, and autopsy photos, too. Some of the little grays appeared to not be a reproductive-capable species. The autopsy guys concluded, according to the report, that it looked as if they
Slide 75: had been cut out of a cookie cutter--clones with no alimentary tract. They did not ingest or process food as we know it, nor did it appear that they had any system for elimination. "The craft itself was cut up like a pie into six pieces, put on lowboys and hauled off. Scuttlebutt was that it was given to the Americans and flown to Wright-Patterson Air Force base in Ohio. I looked at these pictures and couldn’t believe it. My skin got cold and I thought, My God. I had never really believed we were all alone in the universe, but this was hard to swallow. "The major conclusions in the NATO report blew me away. There were five: 1. The planet and human race had been the subject of a detailed survey of some kind by several different extraterrestrial civilizations, four of which they had identified visually. One race looked almost indistinguishable from us. Another resembled humans in height, stature, and structure, but with a very gray, pasty skin tone. The third race is now popularly known as the grays, and the fourth was described as reptilian, with vertical pupils and lizardlike skin. 2. These alien visitations had been going on for a very long time, at least 200 years--perhaps longer. 3. The extraterrestrials did not appear hostile since if that were their intent they would have already demonstrated their malevolence. flybys were demonstrations conducted on purpose to show us some of their capabilities. flybys progressed to landings and eventually contact. "I wanted so badly to copy this thing. I did take a photograph of the cover sheet, which wasn’t in and of itself classified. But I didn’t want to wind up in Fort Leavenworth. So instead I would go to the bathroom and take notes--surreptitiously, very carefully. "I have been through an awful lot in my life, but I’ve never been able to just walk away from that report. I know that I’m taking a chance by violating my oaths. But this is the most important issue of our times--so damn important that I can’t think of anything more important, and the public has been deceived and completely kept in the dark about all of this for all these years. It’s the biggest scientific, political scandal ever. Besides, what have I got to lose? I’m 64 years old now. Are they going to bump me off? I have told the truth. My integrity and credibility stand. When is our government going to tell the truth?" 4. UFO appearances and quick disappearances as well as the 5. A process or program of some sort seemed to be underway since Update: After 27 years of military service, Dean retired and began another 14-year career with the Pima County Sheriff’s Department Emergency Services in Tucson, Arizona. In 1990, he gave a lecture at the University of Arizona in which he talked
Slide 76: about UFOs. The talk garnered local media coverage. Afterward, he was denied a promotion at the Sheriff’s Department, because, he alleged, he believed in UFOs. Dean filed suit and won an out-of-court settlement in March 1992. Now retired, Dean has become a member of several UFO organizations and has begun giving occasional lectures. He is working through "any and all legitimate channels" to uncover a copy of the NATO document and to gather witnesses for an open Congressional hearing on the subject of UFOs. Official Response: "Our list of classified documents generated by SHAPE at that time does not include any with titles similar to that cited by Mr. Dean," says Lt. Col. Rainer Otte, German Air Force, deputy chief, media section of the public-information office at SHAPE. "Files on military personnel are in all circumstances kept under national control. Information on the security clearance that Mr. Dean held may--if ever--only be released by U.S. authorities." The Critics’ Corner: "This is a fascinating story, but fantastic claims like these need more than one man’s testimony to be credible," says Jerome Clark of the Center for UFO Studies. "Unless independent verification comes forth, this remains only an intriguing anecdote, not unlike many others that have circulated since the early UFO era." Go Back Project Galileo Name: Bob Lazar, independent contract scientist and businessman Claim: To have worked as a propulsion-system engineer in late 1988 and early 1989 on one of nine extraterrestrial spacecraft being researched and tested on the Nellis Air Range in central Nevada. Background: From 1982 to 1984, Lazar claims he worked at Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico in the Meson Physics lab with a Q-level security clearance. In 1985, while on vacation in Nevada, he wound up buying into a legal Reno brothel; the investment proved so profitable that he didn’t have to return to fulltime employment for a while. He moved to Nevada in 1986. In 1988, he wanted to get back into scientific work and was hired, he says, to work on the top-secret Project Galileo. Lazar passed a lie-detector test in 1989, arranged by George Knapp, then an anchorman for KLAS-TV, the CBS affiliate in Las Vegas, Nevada, for a special locally aired series, UFOs: The Best Evidence.
Slide 77: The Story: "In 1988, I decided to reenter the scientific community and sent resumes to various people. Finally, I interviewed with a placement firm to work for the Department of Naval Intelligence in a civilian capacity, and in the fall of 1988, I was hired on an on-call basis to work on a project involving advanced propulsion systems. At that point, that’s all I knew. "Not long after, I was flown along with several others out to Area 51 on the Nellis Air Range. There, we were put on a bus with blacked-out windows and driven about 15 miles south to the Papoose dry lake bed, bordered by the Papoose Mountains, where there was an installation they called `S4.’ "I was introduced to my supervisor and a co-worker and then given a stack of briefings on various projects, including Project Galileo, which was devoted to the study of nine disc-shaped extraterrestrial craft that were somehow acquired by the U.S. government. "I was assigned back engineering tasks on the reactor and gravity-propulsion system of one of the discs--essentially to help figure out what made it work. I don’t know whether it was a crash retrieval, although I doubt it, because the disc didn’t appear damaged in any way. In the briefing reports, there were pictures of several discs along with some of the information they had already obtained from back engineering research. "I was stunned and exhilarated at the same time. But there were well-armed guards everywhere, and this place wasn’t exactly the kind of environment where you could just start asking any and every question you had. Security, in fact, was oppressive. You were escorted everywhere, even the bathroom. And if your I.D. badge was just the slightest bit out of place, you would be tackled by a guard and held with a gun to your head until your supervisor arrived. And the guards lived for that. "At times, the whole thing seemed just surreal. There was a poster of the disc I was working on, which I dubbed the Sport Model, on several walls. It read, They’re here. "I dealt with only the power sources and propulsion systems on one of the discs, and I did enter that one disc on several occasions. The disc was approximately 15 feet tall and about 52 feet in diameter. It had the appearance of brushed stainless steel or brushed aluminum. I didn’t run a test on it, so I don’t know if it was metal, but I did run my hands down the side of it getting in, and it felt cold, like metal, and it looked like metal. It had no physical seams, no welds or bolts or rivets, and it looked as if it were injection molded. "Inside, there were tiny little seats, much too small to comfortably handle an averaged-sized human. I bumped my head on the ends of the craft, so I concluded that the ceiling curved down to below five feet, 11 inches inside. There was not
Slide 78: a right angle cut anywhere in the craft. Everything had a smooth curve to it. "The reactor, which produced antimatter and then reacted it with matter in an annihilation reaction, was only about 18 inches in diameter and 12 inches tall and was located in the center of the disc. It operated like a tiny ballet, where everything that happened relied on the effect before it. The way it accelerated protons inside of it, the way the heat was converted to electricity, was totally smooth without any wasted heat or latent energy. It was phenomenal, approaching a 100-percent dynamic efficiency. Now that seems impossible when you consider the laws of thermodynamics. All I can say is that this technology is well beyond anything that we now know with our twentiethcentury knowledge. "The reactor is fueled with an element that is not found here on Earth. Part of my contribution to the program was to find out where this element plugged into the periodic chart. Well, it didn’t plug in anywhere, so we placed it at an atomic number of 115. It has been theorized for some time that elements around 113, 114, and 115 may become stable and nonradioactive, and this is apparently what we were seeing. Element 115 is a stable element, but one with some interesting properties. It can be used inside the reactor as a fuel, but also as the source of an energy field accessed and amplified by the craft’s gravity amplifiers. In other words, the craft was both fueled and propelled by virtue of element 115. "There was a storage of silver-dollar-sized discs of element 115 from which triangular wedges were cut and put into the reactor. It was a copper-orange color and extremely heavy. While it was not radioactive, we assumed it was a toxic material and consequently handled it as such. "In all the discs at S4, there were three gravity amplifiers positioned in a triad at the base of the craft. These were the propulsion devices. Essentially, what they did was amplify gravity waves out of phase with those of the earth. The craft operated in two modes--omicron and delta, which indicated how many gravity amplifiers were in use. In the omicron configuration, only one amplifier was used; the other two were swung out of the way and tucked inside the disc. In omicron mode, the crafts can essentially rise and hover but do little else. To leave the atmosphere, however, all three gravity amplifiers have to be powered up and focused on the desired location. Finally, the crafts do not travel in a linear mode. Rather, we determined that the discs produced their own gravitational fields in order to distort time and space and essentially pull their destinations to them. "One afternoon, my colleagues and I walked out onto the dry lake bed. The disc on which we had been working, the Sport Model, had already been moved out of the hangar and was beginning to lift off. Except for a slight hissing, it made no noise. It lifted to about 30 feet off the ground. The hissing stopped, and it just hung silently in the air, moving to the left, then right. It was
Slide 79: absolutely amazing. "The way information is compartmentalized, that’s all the handson information and experience I was allowed to have access to, though we were given the chance on occasion and only for short periods of time to read briefing reports that detailed other aspects of this project. The reports I read that dealt with power and propulsion systems were accurate, and I proved that to myself by working on the system. Still, I draw a hard line between what I know to be true and what I read in the other briefing reports. "With that understanding, I did read reports about the origin of this disc. According to one of the briefings, it came from the Zeta Reticuli star system. Now obviously I didn’t fly in a craft or go to that star system, so I don’t really know if it came from there. I didn’t speak to any aliens or see any, so I don’t know if they exist or not. That report also said that contact was made at a certain date; however, all the dates were in code. Also, according to the report, these beings told our officials that they had been coming here for 10,000 years, that humans are the product of externally corrected evolution, and that they were integral to the accelerated evolution of man. "My tolerance for the intensive security rapidly diminished. Because of the 24-hour telephone surveillance, they found out I was having marital problems and told me the situation had made me a candidate for `emotional instability.’ They then took my security clearance and told me I could reapply in six months. "Well, I knew the test schedule, and I couldn’t resist, so one night I decided to show some friends from a distance what I had been working on. We all caravaned out into the desert where we watched a test flight. We got away it with it that time, so we started coming back again and again. "Anyway, the third time we got caught by the Wackenhut Security guards out on the Bureau of Land Management land that surrounds the range. They turned me in. Needless to say, officials at Nellis weren’t happy. I went through a debriefing and was threatened at that time. I was scared and felt that I needed to break away from this before I couldn’t. "Not only did I believe this technology should be given to the greater scientific community, but I also believed my only protection was to get the story out. A friend convinced me to talk to George Knapp at KLAS-TV. I figured if they killed me, then it would simply prove that what I was saying was true. "There are many scientists who theorize that there simply cannot be extraterrestrial discs here, that aliens could not possibly have come here specifically, because the distance traveled is too great and the energy required too awesome, and that there’s no relatively quick way to go that distance even at the speed of light. What I reported is what I experienced, though in some respects I regret going public. If I had it to do over again, I might be more inclined to stay on as one of the boys."
Slide 80: Update: In 1990, after Lazar says he was released from Project Galileo, he accepted a freelance job setting up a database and surveillance system for an illegal Las Vegas brothel. That gig eventually garnered him six felony counts, including aiding and abetting a prostitute, running a house of prostitution, and living off the earnings of a prostitute. The charges were quickly dropped to a single felony count of pandering. The one good thing that came out of the resulting trial, Lazar says, is that he’s not being followed anymore--at least not to his knowledge. "I guess they figured the pandering conviction discredited me," he comments. Lazar currently earns a living from his two small companies, an independent contracting firm that repairs nuclear devices, and a photo lab. He also builds and races jetcars. And, every year since 1984, on the weekend before July 4, he has staged Desert Blast, which he says is the "the largest illegal fireworks show in the West." This annual pyrotechnic extravaganza features huge fireworks and assorted gas bombs made by Lazar and friends as well as jetcar demonstrations and a little semiautomatic weapons venting. Lazar recently sold his movie rights and is working on a new home video. Official Response: "The Air Force comment is that there is no comment on anything that goes on at the Nellis Range," says Air Force Master Sgt. J. C. Marcom of Public Affairs. Meanwhile, according to Technical Sergeant Henderson of Public Affairs, "The Air Force has no record that Lazar ever worked at Nellis Air Force Base, though we have compiled an extensive list of inquiries as to his status." The Critics’ Corner: "We’ve pretty well determined that Lazar did work at Los Alamos, but it’s been impossible to verify exactly what he did," says Mark Rodeghier, scientific director of the Center for UFO Studies. "As for element 115, physicists admit that such an element is theoretically possible, but we don’t know how to manufacture it or where to get it. So, Lazar’s claim to have worked with this element is not necessarily insane, but it’s completely unverifiable. Finally, he seems to know enough to have really worked at Area 51 or Dreamland where secret aircraft are tested, but his story remains a murky mystery. The bottom line: It’s impossible to verify. So far, we have not found anyone to corroborate the essentials of what Lazar says." Go Back Baffled at Bentwaters Name: Col. Charles I. Halt, U. S. Air Force, retired Claim:
Slide 81: In late December 1980, while serving as deputy base commander at Bentwaters Air Base in southern England, Halt witnessed and investigated several anomalous objects in the skies over the Rendelsham Forest, which separates the American installation from its twin Royal Air Force base, Woodbridge. The sightings occurred on two separate nights during the week after Christmas. Two weeks later, Halt sent a report about the strange encounters to the British Ministry of Defense. Background: Career Air Force officer, Halt served in Vietnam and on various bases before arriving at Bentwaters in 1980. He was promoted to base commander in 1984. Halt later served as base commander at Kunsan Air Base, Korea, and as director of the inspections directorate for the Department of Defense inspector general. He retired in 1991. Halt is the first USAF officer since Project Blue Book ended to have filed a memo on unidentified flying objects and gone public with the details. The Story: "Just after Christmas, about 5:30 a.m., December 26, 1980, I walked into police headquarters and the desk sergeant started to laugh. He said a couple of the guys had been out chasing UFOs. Nothing, however, was in the blotter. I told him to put it in. "When our base commander came in, we both chuckled. Neither of us believed in UFOs, but we did decide to look into it. Before we had the chance, two nights later, the duty flight commander for the security police unit rushed in to a belated Christmas party white as a sheet. `The UFO is back,’ he said. "I was asked to investigate. I changed into a utility uniform, then headed out in a jeep to the edge of the forest. About a dozen of our men were already there. Our light-alls (large gas-powered lights) wouldn’t work, and there was so much static and constant interference on our radios that we had to set up a relay. There was increasing commotion. I was determined to show them this was nonsense. "I took half a dozen of the men and headed into the woods on foot to a clearing where the initial incident had supposedly taken place. We found three distinct indentations in the ground equidistant apart and pressed well into the sandy soil. They were supposedly caused by the object seen two nights before, but I didn’t see anything sitting there that night. Neither did anybody else there. "Inside the triangular area formed by the indentations, one of the men got slightly higher readings on the Geiger counter than he did outside. He photographed the area, and I took a soil sample. Meanwhile, I recorded this activity on my microcassette recorder. "We knew the Orford Ness lighthouse beacon beamed from the southeast. All of a sudden, directly to the east, we saw an unusual red, sunlike light--oval shaped, glowing, with a black center--10 to 15 feet off the ground, moving through the trees.
Slide 82: Beyond the clearing was a barbed-wire fence, farmer’s field, house, and barn. The animals were making a lot of noise. "We ran toward the light up to the fence. It shot over the field and then moved in a 20- to 30-degree horizontal arc. Strangely, it appeared to be dripping what looked like molten steel out of a crucible, as if gravity were somehow pulling it down. Suddenly, it exploded--not a loud bang, just booompf--and broke into five white objects that scattered in the sky. Everything except our radios seemed to return to normal. "We went to the end of the farmer’s property to get a different perspective. In the north, maybe 20 degrees off the horizon, we saw three white objects--elliptical, like a quarter moon but a little larger--with blue, green, and red lights on them, making sharp, angular movements. The objects eventually turned from elliptical to round. "I called the command post, asked them to call Eastern Radar, responsible for air defense of that sector. Twice they reported that they didn’t see anything. "Suddenly, from the south, a different glowing object moved toward us at a high rate of speed, came within several hundred feet, and then stopped. A pencillike beam, six to eight inches in diameter, shot from this thing right down by our feet. Seconds later, the object rose and disappeared. "The objects in the north were still dancing in the sky. After an hour or so, I finally made the call to go in. We left those things out there. "The film turned out to be fogged; nothing came out. But a staff sergeant later made plaster castings of the indentations, and I had the soil sample. "Around New Year’s Eve, I took statements and interviewed the men who had taken part in the initial incident. The reports were nearly identical. "Basically, they reported this: In the early morning hours of December 26, one of the airmen drove to the back gate at Woodbridge on a routine security check. He saw lights in the forest, specifically a red light, and thought maybe an airplane had crashed. He radioed a report, which was called into the tower, but the tower reported nobody was flying. "Eventually, a group headed out to the forest. They reported strange noises--animals, movement, like we heard two nights later. "As they approached the clearing, they reported seeing a large yellowish-white light with a blinking red light on the upper center portion and a steady blue light emanating from underneath. The tower again reported nothing on radar. "A few of the men moved to within 20 or 30 feet. Each said the
Slide 83: same thing independently--a triangular-shaped metallic object, about nine feet across the base, six feet high, appeared to be sitting on a tripod. They split up, walked around the craft. One of the men apparently tried to get on the craft, but, they said, it levitated up. "All three of the guys hit the ground as the craft moved quickly in a zigzagging manner through the woods toward the field, hitting some trees on the way. They got up and approached again, but the object rose up, and then it disappeared at great speed. "Finally, on January 13, 1981, I wrote a memo to the British Ministry of Defense. Despite my efforts, to my knowledge, no one from any intelligence or government agency ever came on base to investigate. "I have never sought the limelight, nor have I hidden. I stand to receive no financial benefit from this interview but consented because it’s time the truth came out. I don’t know what those objects were. I don’t know anybody who does. But something as yet unexplained happened out there." Update: In 1983, a copy of Halt’s memo to the British MOD was released through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). Shortly thereafter, a copy of the 18-minute audiotape of the investigation Halt conducted was given to a British UFOlogist by, Halt says, another Air Force officer. Both have made the rounds within the UFO community. As a result, Halt says he has been "harassed" by UFOlogists and fanatics. While half a dozen men assisted Halt’s investigation and dozens of others were near the scene, only a handful of witnesses have come forward. At least one of them, Halt says, is spreading disinformation; consequently, media coverage has been inaccurate at best. For instance, he says, "The stories about holographiclike aliens emerging from their craft are pure fiction." Official Response: "The Air Force stopped investigating UFOs in 1969 when Project Blue Book was completed," says Air Force spokesman Maj. Dave Thurston, based in Washington, DC. The Critics’ Corner: "The UFO you hear described on the audiotape was almost certainly the lighthouse beacon in my opinion, because the peak interval between their descriptions of it getting brighter, then dimmer, is the time of rotation of the beacon, which was about ten miles away," says UFO skeptic Philip Klass. "Even though they said they saw numerous lights in the night sky, one of every three UFOs reported turns out to be a bright celestial body." "Bentwaters is a case of magical thinking--a situation where a bunch of people got excited about different things they correlated in their mind,"
Slide 84: says UFO investigator James McGaha, technical consultant to the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal and a retired Air Force pilot, who traveled to England, surveyed the area, and interviewed various people. "Consider these facts: On the night of December 25 to 26, at 9:10 p.m., Russian satellite Cosmos 746 reentered the atmosphere over England and appeared as a bright object. At 2:50 a.m., a fireball entered the atmosphere over Woodbridge. At 4:11 a.m., a British police car with a blue strobe light on top and other lights attached to the undercarriage responded to a telephone report and was driving on the dirt roads through the forest. "Halt’s memo reports that on the second night, they saw two objects in the north, one in the south. On that night, three of the brightest stars were visible -- Vega and Deneb in the north, Sirius in the south. And clearly, the strange red light mentioned on the audio tape is the Orford Ness Lighthouse beacon. Beyond that, the morning after the first night, British officers identified the indentations as rabbit diggings. The Geiger counter readings were of background radiation. Nothing appeared on radar that night, either, and no one in either base tower reported anything unusual. Furthermore, no civilians reported seeing or hearing anything." Go Back In this ‘File’ we will examine reports of ancient subterrain excavations, the very reality of which presupposes the existence of scientifically-advanced races which reigned perhaps thousands of years ago, excavations that had apparently been constructed before the deluge and, in some cases, following it. The account which we record below appeared in the Oct. 1947 issue of ‘AMAZING STORIES’ science fiction/science fact magazine, pp. 171-172: “Sirs: “Norman Finley, a neighbor of a good friend of mine, told me about an experience he had which was rather unusual. He and a couple of other fellows were hunting down in the Big Bend country. I don’t know whether you are familiar with the Big Bend or not, but there is no more wild or desolate area in the country. Rugged, mountainous, cut by canyons, there are innumerable parts of it which have never known the foot of man. “It was in one of the most desirable areas that Finley and his companions found
Slide 85: themselves. They had driven about ninety miles southwest of Marathon, Texas, a little town of about 700 people, at the foot of the Del Norte Mountains, 4000 feet high, and had then gone on afoot. The dirt road just petered out and they couldn’t get their car further. They were hunting deer but had no luck. Just as they were about to call it a day, Finley spotted a mountain lion. He snapped a shot at it and knocked it over. But the lion just rolled over on his feet and started to leave those parts. “Finley and the other fellows took after him, since it was obvious that he was wounded and not making very good time. They managed to keep him in sight for about a mile and were sure they had him when he ran into a box canyon. The lion, however, started up a faint trail up one side of the canyon to a small cave they could see about a hundred feet from the floor of the canyon. They followed him up this trail, but when they got to the cave - there was no lion! “The cave was one of those dished-out affairs that are so common in the southwest. Eroded out of the face of a cliff and cup-shaped. The only access to it was by that trail. But this cave was a bit queer. It had a sand floor and was just about big enough to park twenty cars in it. On the cliff edge was a low STONE WALL. This in itself was not too unusual, because such caves have sheltered Indians for thousands of years. “The thing that did make it unusual was that in the rear of it was a perfectly round hole. It was obvious that the lion had ducked into this. “They approached it rather cautiously and tossed some stones in it to see if they could stir him up. But there was no response. They could hear the stones rolling and bouncing down an incline and the sound just got fainter and fainter until it died away altogether. “They then approached the hole and peered down into it. It was perfectly round also it was about four or five feet in diameter. They couldn’t see very far down it, but it appeared to descend rather sharply and at a steady gradient. The fellows gathered some dry grass from the canyon floor and made some torches. The incline of the bore was too steep for them to climb down so they tossed the torches down it. They just slid down further and further and disappeared into the gloom. They never did see or hear of the lion again. “At first they thought they had stumbled onto some old Spanish mine workings. But there was no sign anywhere of a dump that always goes with a mine. By all rights there should have been some sign of the earth and rock that had come out of that hole - but there wasn’t. “When they inspected the hole itself more closely, they were amazed at it’s symmetry and at the consistency of the section of the bore as far as they could see down it. The fact that the bore was perfectly round puzzled them, too. If it was a mine shaft, it most certainly wouldn’t have been round, but instead would have been flat on the bottom. The fact that the shaft extended straight and unwavering as a rigid pipe was cause for further amazement. Since the fellows had no rope with them, which would have been needed to descend the shaft, as well as lights, they scratched their heads awhile and then left. “Finley wanted to go back with equipment and see how far down the shaft went and what was at the bottom of it. But ranchers are busy people and he never went back. In the meantime he got pretty well broken up when a horse threw him and he now lives in Fort Worth while he has someone else to run the ranch. We talked rather idly about having a look at his cave someday. He says he knows
Slide 86: exactly where it is and could find that box canyon with his eyes shut. So far we haven’t done anything about it. But we may either this summer or next when we get time to go down to Big Bend. “Finley told me this story about a year before even you heard of Shaver so you can be sure he wasn’t influenced by the ‘Shaver Mystery.’ In fact, I don’t believe he has ever heard of the ‘Shaver Mystery,’ even to this day. “E. Stanton Brown., 4931 Bryce Ave., Fort Worth 7, Texas.” Another letter, dated Jan. 1948, appeared in ‘AMAZING STORIES’ magazine also confirming that strange ‘para-speleon’ phenomena exists in the western part of Texas. However the artifacts described in the following letter seem to involve areas north of Big Bend, not far from the Guadellupe Mts. and the New Mexico border. Perhaps this account is a partial confirmation of a subterranean connection between areas BELOW the Big Bend of Texas and the Guadellupe range of southern New Mexico northwestern Texas. Quoting from the letter: “Sirs: “Since I have been an interested reader of AMAZING STORIES since my high school days (1929) when A-S was a bigger magazine, I feel like one of the family when I read the letters in the discussion pages. The temptation has arisen many times to write a letter to you concerning some hotly discussed matter, but something has always prevented me from getting at it. However, the October Issue pushed me too far, and here goes. “The mysterious cave Mr. E. Stanton Brown spoke of in his letter is not exactly news to me. In 1938 a party of six of my friends and myself spent seven months in that area of Texas, and upper Mexico. We were testing an electronic instrument that we had developed, and needed lots of space and some mineral deposits for the various tests. So, we got rather well acquainted with the Big Bend country, and the Figure 2 Ranch north of there. We arrived there in January and camped IN THE SIERRA BLANCAS, storing a lot of our equipment at the town of Van Horn. By March we had gotten deep into the rugged country and as I recall, it was about the middle of March we stumbled onto this cave (or a twin) that Mr. Brown speaks of in his letter. Everyone was so dumbfounded by it that we spent the better part of the rest of the month in making a thorough investigation. We penetrated the shaft to a distance of 870 feet and at about 650 feet found some very finely executed writing on the right wall at eye level, IN WHAT RESEMBLES CUNEIFORM. At 800 feet one of the party fell over a cloth lying in the dust, and upon closer examination, it was found to be part of a blue shirt, of fairly recent manufacture; indicating that someone else had been this far in recent times. This and an empty pint whisky bottle dated 1897 was all we located to indicate recent occupation. Of course in a country where desperadoes such as Black Jack, Billy the Kid, etc., hid out where they could and the more solitary the better, such a find was not too surprising. “At about 780 feet the floor dips more sharply downward and at near 900 feet progress is very hazardous due to moisture and increased slant downward. We carried rocks from the opening, and rolled them from the point where we could no longer walk, but they simply faded out with a rumble after a few seconds. We tried rolling flaming yucca stumps to see if, perhaps, we might determine more about the bore further on, but this proved to be futile, since the stumps burned poorly at best, probably due to bad air. It was very stuffy and hot after the first 300 feet from the opening. We held a powwow to try and figure out how we could go further down, but the only thing would have been lots of lariat ropes, or a long steel cable, and neither was available nearer than some 50 miles.
Slide 87: “If Mr. Finley had taken the time to go hunting up in the Figure 2 Ranch territory he might have run across another, and to me more interesting, cave than the Big Bend one. About 62 miles (north - Branton) from the town of Van Horn you go through the salt-flat country, where the Salt Wars of the old west occurred. Westward, some 8 or 9 miles from the road is the Apache Canyon country, and as rugged as anywhere on the face of the globe. In an offshoot of Apache Canyon to the south, is an almost impassable gash called Hell Canyon. The walls of this canyon rise precipitously for at least 1000 feet and top out on Apache Peak on one side and an old Indian ceremonial ground on the other side. More desolate country would be hard to imagine. Coyotes and mountain lions are plentiful, and panthers no novelty. I have seen as many as 34 deer in a herd down below on the grassy ledge sloping down toward the canyon floor. Of course, further up toward the box end of the canyon it was much too rugged for deer, but a few mountain sheep are seen, (it was) in the wildest part of the canyon that the other cave was found, in fact we almost fell into it. The high grass about the opening hid the dished out entrance. “We were at an elevation of approximately 7000 feet and going was tough, especially with a pack, and we had stopped to rest when one of the party remarked that it ‘sounded hollow’ when any of us talked. Of course, we all yapped away at the same time trying to figure if this was so, and sure enough it was. Further investigation located the hole some six feet to the left of where we had stopped. It was roughly oval in shape, some 30 by 18 feet; and bridged in the center the short way by a natural rock arch heavy enough to support an elephant. In the center of the arch were 3 deep grooves caused we hazarded, by rope passing over the arch. We spent several hours in investigating the surrounding terrain to see if there might be any other entrances to the cave, but found none. It sloped sharply from the opening down about 200 feet, and then the bore disappeared, curving upward. We succeeded in getting down to the first level, by tying all our ropes together, and subsequently investigated a lot of it. “Threading through the soil were long stringers of quartz, but oddly enough at the same time there were chunks of rock as big as a piano that were solid masses of seashells. Quite a lot of pottery both broken and whole, was found. The most interesting thing was, however, that the farther we went the colder it got. Also there was a sound of either rushing wind or water, which got louder the lower we went. We came upon two human skeletons not over 500 feet from the entrance, but they must have been very old, as the bones crumbled at the touch. Everything was covered with a deep dust after passing the bend and no indication of any living thing having passed there was ever noted. It was very dark and depressing, and the chill was very penetrating. When you consider that the outside temperature was near 100 degrees, you can imagine how we were dressed. We had three flashlights, one a five cell, and after a while it was all that was left that would give a decent light. Down at what we estimated as 1200 feet from the opening we came smack up against a smooth stone wall. That was it. The end. None of us would admit it was natural, it was too smooth and perfect, and look as we would we could not find a single flaw or crack in it. It was of a marble-like texture and some eight or nine feet high in the center and around eleven wide. By placing our ears to the rock surface THE ROARING ON THE OTHER SIDE BECAME MUCH LOUDER, AND THE ROCK WAS QUITE COLD TO THE TOUCH. There was natural marble near there, in Marble Canyon, where marble was once taken out in large quantities, and so the rock was native rock, I’m sure. Since the remaining light was all we had except matches, we voted to get back to the opening as soon as possible, and after a hard struggle upgrade we got back to daylight and held a conference. We decided to bed down and talk it over
Slide 88: further the next day, as it was getting late. “However, the next day we were inclined to look foolishly at each other and claim it was all our imagination thinking there was anything strange on the other side of the barrier, and it was just another one of those many caves in the country. Carlsbad is just 65 miles north of there, AND THE WHOLE COUNTRY IS NO DOUBT HONEYCOMBED UNDERNEATH. “We finished our experiments and left, late in July but I have never been able to forget the caves, and THE ODD SOUNDS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THAT BARRIER. Or for that matter, the barrier itself, for it was too perfect to be natural, I believe. Or, maybe I’ve just read too many AMAZING STORIES,’ and am inclined to wild ideas. As the Mexicans say, Quien sabe? “Some day I’m going to write you a ding-how Scientifiction on something-orother, and then place it and my rejection notice among my souvenirs. Maybe then I can go on reading AMAZING STORIES in peace, without wanting to dash off a dinger. “K. A. Gookin., Carmel Radio & Sound Service., Box 1865., Carmel, California.” (Note: It is unlikely that the writers of the two letters which we have just quoted would be able to be reached at the addresses given. We’ve merely given them as they appeared in AMAZING STORIES magazine in the late 1940’s. - Branton) At this point we will mention several miscellaneous items connected with paraspeleology, speleanthropology, subsurface phenomena and related subjects: • A researcher by the name of Frank D. Adams has written on the result of his personal scientific experiments which may prove that giant cavities exist in granite at depths of more than 11 miles, conclusions which have also been supported by Louis V. King, a mathematician who calculated that, at normal temperatures, a cavity would exist at a depth of between 17.2 and 20.9 miles. The authors’ findings are also supported by the recently discovered “16 Rouse Belts” which give planes of fracture penetrating the globe. • Dr. Ron Anjard, in an article in the Summer, 1978 issue of PURSUIT Magazine, claimed personal knowledge of 44 underground cities beneath the surface of North America, six of which are alleged to be on the West Coast. His information allegedly comes from anonymous American Indian sources. When we relate this to the large number of migration legends (to and from cavern realms) which exist among the native Amerindians, then we may conclude that certain tribes still retain intimate knowledge of underground civilizations related to them via distant ancestral links. Some of the elders of these different tribes, others have suggested, may in fact maintain present contact with several of these cavern civilizations. There are some indications that some such ‘tribes’ literally moved underground as a result of the encroaching Anglosaxon civilization upon the America’s. Similar allegations are made in relation to South and Central America as well. Interviews with survivors of a mine explosion in Dec. 26, 1945, known as the “Belva Mine Disaster”, appeared in the Dec. 1981 - Jan. 1982 issues of newspapers in Pineville, Kentucky and elsewhere. The interviews revealed that some of the trapped men saw a “door” in one of the walls open, and a man dressed like a “lumberjack” emerged from a well-lighted room. After assuring the men that they would be rescued, the strange visitor returned to • •
Slide 89: the room and closed the door. These “lumberjack-like” entities have been described by miners on other parts of the country and in other nations as well. There seems to be some confusion as to whether they are physical or paraphysical entities. A somewhat similar incident allegedly took place several years ago near Shipton, Pennsylvania. Of the three victims of this particular mine disaster, only two were rescued. However both described a similar para-physical encounter with strange ‘men’ who entered the caverns and gave light to the two trapped miners and told them that they would be rescued. They were uncertain whether the entities were humans or supernatural beings however, as much of their collective “hallucination” contained both physical as well as supernatural elements. The bluish “light” which illuminated the room, they said, was real, but other holographic-like visuals that appeared on the walls, when touched by their hands, either disappeared or revealed solid rock behind. • R. L. Blain-Sanders, in an article titled ‘TUNNELS AND CAVERNS BENEATH NEW YORK CITY,’ which appeared in the Fall, 1981 issue of SHAVERTRON, described the author’s knowledge of a large triangular system of tunnels utilized by a ‘Masonic lodge’, deep below the surface of New York City. Could this have any connection to the other ‘rumors’ to the effect that cavernous regions exist below Manhattan? For instance, in 1962 Con Edison, while drilling a test hole in the north of East River Park, New York City, broke through to open space about 200 feet below. Also, there are the allegations of Morris Doreal that the Church of St. John the Divine in New York was built over ancient tunnels leading to a domeshaped city abandoned by antediluvian ‘Atlanteans’ and later, apparently, reestablished by post-deluvians. Then we have the accounts of thousands of people who have literally and mysteriously disappeared off the face of the earth in and around New York City. Raymond Bond, in an article titled ‘SUBTERRANEAN SAUCERS - GLOBAL NETWORK OF UFO BASES’, which appeared in SAGA’S UFO ANNUAL 1980 (Brooklyn, N.Y.), described caves within Mt. Sombrero in the Tampica area of Mexico, from which sounds resembling those made by ‘hydroelectric generating equipment’ can be heard. Also, inhabitants of the interior of Mt. Kilimanjaro were also described. Kilimanjaro is one of the highest peaks in Africa. Bob Borino, in his article, ‘UFO BASES FOUND IN ANTARCTICA’ (Globe, Jan. 18, 1983) quotes from certain scientists who believe that a subterranean UFO Base is located beneath the strange ‘Polynya Sea’ in the Antarctica’s Weddell Sea region. Malcolm W. Browne, in his article ‘UNDERGROUND TUNNELS THREATEN TOWN IN HUNGARY’S WINE COUNTRY’ (NEW YORK TIMES, Nov. 8, 1967, p.2) tells of over 60 miles of ancient tunnel systems of unknown origin and purpose which have been discovered beneath the town of Eger, Hungary, some of which have collapsed. The civilization which built the tunnels must have been fairly advanced in engineering and science in order to create such a subterranean system. Karl Brugger, in his book ‘THE CHRONICLE OF AKAKOR - LA CRÓNICA DE AKAKOR’, gives the history - as given to the author by one of their chiefs - of the Ugha Mongulala tribesman, whose ancestors were allegedly part of a vast empire which covered South America in ancient times. Some of these ancient people, the chief claimed, left the planet in aerial vessels to explore other parts of the solar system and beyond, leaving behind vast subterranean cities beneath the Andes mountains and western Brazil. In 1971, due to the constant encroachment of white settlers or invaders into their territory, 30,000 survivors of the Ugha Mongulala allegedly escaped to this ancient system of underground cities, • • • •
Slide 90: consisting of 13 separate subterranean complexes all connected by tunnels, one of which is said to extend to Lima, and others of which are located throughout the Andes Mountain range of Peru. • Michael Burke, in his article ‘GREEN THING SPARKS RUMORS’ (THE VALLEY NEWS DISPATCH, New Kensington, Tarentum and Vandergrift, PA., Mar. 5, 1981 issue) described a small creature, allegedly ‘half humanoid - half dinosaur’ which was seen emerging from a sewer tunnel in New Kensington. A group of children chased the infant or young dinosauroid creature, one of them momentarily grabbing it at which point it let out a squealing or screeching sound, and then slipped from his hands and escaped back into the sewer tunnel. This incident took place some miles west of Dixonville, PA., where in 1944 several miners were killed or turned up missing as a result of encounters with ‘alien’ creatures in one particular mineshaft there. Any connection? SAGA Magazine’s ‘UFO ANNUAL - 1980’, P.4, under the heading ‘CAVE MARTIANS’, described a bizarre encounter with subterranean creatures which seemed to have consisted of some type of automaton-like forms, perhaps on a reconnaissance mission from an underground civilization. The story involved a tunnel near Xucurus, Argentina(?), some 90 miles from Buenos Aires. The tunnel was discovered by agriculturist Gerardo Cordeire, and found to contain nine connecting passages and strange inscriptions on the walls. From it’s entrance “men nine feet tall, green, with antennas on their heads, and square legs” were seen to emerge, and which, according to HUNDREDS of witnesses from the town and nearby locals, resembled enormous “portable radios.” Dr. Earlyne Chaney, in an article titled ‘ODYSSEY INTO EGYPT’, in her occultoriented magazine VOICE OF ASTARA (May, 1982) tells of a discovery she and researcher Bill Cox was shown in Egypt. These were two tunnels, neither of which had been fully explored. One was in the temple of Edfu between Luxor and Cairo in the ruins of El Tuna Gabel; and the other near Zozer’s Step Pyramid at Cairo near Memphis-Saqqarah, within the tomb of the Bull, called “Serapium”. The Egyptian government sealed both tunnels because of fears of certain archaeologists who alleged that they “lead too deeply down into the depths of the earth,” and because they found the earth to be “honeycombed with passages leading off into other depths,” and the possibility of explorers becoming lost. If such labyrinths do exist, then it may explain one story which alleged that men dressed like “ancient Egyptians” have been seen deep in unexplored tunnels near Cairo, as well as possible confirmation of the story which appeared in Nevada Aerial Research’s ‘LEADING EDGE’ Publication to the effect that the U.S.(?) Government secretly maintains a huge base within a cavern of tremendous size (several miles in diameter) beneath the desert sands of Egypt. Could this tie in with the vague references to a subterranean society(s) referred to by certain people ‘in the know’ which is/are known as the ‘Phoenix Empire’ and/or the ‘Gizeh People’? Articles in the WASHINGTON STAR-NEWS, July 25, 1973 and Aug. 15, 1973, tell of the discovery of an unexplored network of ancient, artificial tunnels during construction of a parking lot in Crofton, Maryland. Subsequent construction covered the tunnel entrances before the system could be completely investigated. Leon Davidson, in an early issue of ‘FLYING SAUCERS’ Magazine, spoke of a large network of “underground tunnels in the California desert, at Camp Irwin, near Barstow.” This may tie-in with an item related by a Los Angeles municipal water director, as related in an early issue of Richard Toronto’s SHAVERTRON letter-zine, stating that this water director knew of 5 large underground rivers which ran beneath the Mojave desert, and that die-traces showed that at least one of these emptied into the Pacific ocean through openings in the continental slopes • • •
Slide 91: (One source stated that such a river exited in the Gulf of California. • Other sources speak of a “Kokoweef” river-system which is alleged to lie below Kokoweef peak just east of FORT Irwin, which looked- according to it’s alleged discoverer, a Mr. Earl Dorr, and a few “Indians” who also claimed to have been in it - like a “Grand Canyon” underground. It allegedly consists of a river chasm generally 500 ft. wide and over a thousand feet high-deep, sided by steep tieredshelved underground cliffs, huge stalactites and cataracts. Also, the alluvial sands on the ‘beaches’ along the river, which allegedly hold a large percentage of gold dust, are said to be several feet deep. The entrance to this cavern was allegedly dynamited shut by Mr. Dorr to protect anyone else from getting to “his” gold. There is in fact evidence that Dorr did dynamite shut the lower level of ‘Kin Sabe’ cave in Kokoweef Peak, and there are present-day attempts to break through into this underground system. The water of the river allegedly rose and fell with the tides, suggesting that a very large body of water might exist upstream, that is if Dorr’s account as well as the accounts of the Indians were not fabricated). The municipal water director, according to the SHAVERTRON article, spoke with a man who claimed that he was hired several years ago by the government to look for water sources for Ft. Irwin. He alleged to have explored an old mine in the area and found that deep down, the shaft intersected with an ancient earth fault or chasm-like cave which continued horizontally for a considerable distance. This government employee followed the chasm and allegedly emerged onto the bank of a huge underground river-cave over a quarter of a mile wide! The tremendous water flow - possibly originating from the waters that apparently disappear beneath the Great Basin, the Nevada and Mojave deserts?--could have ‘fed’ the water needs of all of Southern California. Paul Doerr (not to be confused with Mr. DORR referred to above), in issue number 6 of his Newsletter ‘UNKNOWN’, related the tradition concerning a race of human giants which, according to stories in the Carolinas islands and especially Papua, allegedly went underground in ancient times. Once inhabitants of a lost island-continent called “Chamat,” they will, according to legend, one day emerge. This legend is wide-spread throughout Malaysia, which incidentally contains the largest “officially recognized” cavern chamber, the “Sarowak Chamber” on the island of Borneo in the Malaysian islands. It is said to be 230 ft. wide by 980 ft. long and nowhere less than 270 ft. high, large enough to easily hold within itself the two previous contenders for the world’s largest OFFICIAL chamber Carlsbad’s “Big Room” in New Mexico and the “Salle de la Verna” in the Pierre Saint-Martin caverns in France. Yankee stadium could fit in one end of the Sarowak chamber with room to spare! The same issue of ‘UNKNOWN’ also reports on the discovery of massive caverns in Toulumne Co., California, by three Oakland miners. The caverns were so extensive that a man would have to “take grub for a week, and plan to explore for a month.” The ‘BOOK OF DYZAN’, which has been translated from ancient manuscripts, tells of intellectually sophisticated humans from an ancient earth-born society who abandoned the surface of the earth, “depriving the impure human race of their knowledge,” and leaving in flying craft to rejoin their land “of iron and metal.” ‘FAR OUT’ Magazine’s April, 1982 issue carried an article titled, ‘BOTTOMLESS PIT FOUND ON THE OCEANS FLOOR’. The article tells of a huge man-made opening in the ocean floor between Panama and the Galapagos Islands, which scientists say receives a constant flow of ocean water which is being sucked through the hole and into the crust beneath the ocean floor. Raymond A. Fowler, in ‘THE ANDREASSON AFFAIR’ gives an extensive • • • •
Slide 92: description of an abduction experience of one woman who was taken by the “Gray-type” aliens and later returned to her house. These creatures, according to Fowler and Andreasson, had the ability to travel between stars but her account seems to suggest that their ORIGINAL point of origin is within a cavernous subterranean realm. For instance, here are some quotes given by Betty Andreasson concerning her abduction: ○ “(The aliens had) Large, wraparound... eyes (which) stood in stark contrast to less prominent facial features: holes for noses and ears, and fixed, scarlike mouths. They wore shiny dark blue, form-fitting uniforms... Their three-digit (reptilian?) hands were GLOVED.” The creatures seemed claylike, “...They’re scary,” Betty said, “I don’t see any hair... (their heads were like) an upside-down pear... I didn’t even see a nose.” She described an “eye slit” and said that the creatures took her from her house and into some type of craft. After a while the craft apparently connected to some type of dock somewhere on or below the earth, beyond which was a tunnel. She was put into an enclosed chair-like transparent container which filled with some kind of fluid, and was then taken through a “...subway tunnel... it’s like a track we’re going on... walking, gliding - or something.” She said that her willpower seemed mesmerized by powerful influences beyond her ken. “We would pass other tunnel openings. I could tell that there were other tunnels there... passed out of the tunnel into a place where the atmosphere was a vibrating red color... like infrared light... there are buildings - square buildings with openings... In the red part... there wasn’t any vegetable life... we are coming to where there are some beings! And they’ve skinny arms and legs and kind of a full body. And their eyes can move every which way, and they can climb just like monkeys. They climb up quickly and swiftly and down and around and in and out of windows. They are all over the place!” Betty and the two alien creatures that abducted her approached a circular membrane and passed through it without resistance into a place with a greenish atmosphere. She looked down upon strange plants, a mistenshrouded sea, and a distant complex of buildings. The sheer vastness of the alien realm overwhelmed her senses. The place reminded her of “some legendary underground kingdom.” She continued, “There’s a lot of different stuff I’m seeing... plants are different. It’s like, uh - long stems that come out in loops and the different colors. But they are green! Other similar elevated tracks (like the one she was on) criss-crossed the area.” They stopped to let something go by. Betty just watched, dumbfounded. Later she found nothing in her vocabulary to describe it... “I don’t know what it is! It is something like - I can’t ever explain it... I’m seeing a pyramid - it has one big flat side and the others indent, sort of. We are going over it, high in the ‘sky’... There were (high buildings) like, you know, a lot of science fiction. Big cities with all these different bridges all around... I don’t remember seeing any activity. It was too far away. That was way over to the side there, way over to the side. The pyramid was closer than that... When we reached the destination, we went through the black tunnel (following which she was taken through some type of occult ritual in which she had a vision of a ‘Phoenix’ bird which was consumed in fire and then emerged from the ashes in the form of a worm which began to grow slowly into the ‘bird’ shape. ○ ○
Slide 93: ○ Mr. Fowler suggested that this may have been a feigned ‘religious experience’ orchestrated by the aliens in order to play on her emotions and gain Betty’s assistance)... “They seemed long,” speaking of the tunnel which she was taken through. After the occult “initiation” or ritual she was taken back the way she came, “It felt like pressure or something on my head,” speaking of the strange force which glued her to the escalator-walk contrivance, “My head was hurting and heavy from it, whatever it was... I COULD HAVE BEEN INSIDE THE EARTH... SOMEHOW I BELIEVE WE WERE IN THE CENTER OF THE EARTH.” She retraced with the two alien kidnappers the way back through the greenish cavern where the mist-covered sea was located, “the sea was off to the side, and there was mist, and then it had that narrow land and it did finally go onto some kind of surface and was going up... It (the underground sea) seemed very dark, but it was green - very, very dark. It was choppy. After it had cleared, it looked smooth, sort of smooth glass... I’m going back on that thing (the track), and, ah, I’m stopping...” The two creatures retraced their original path via the ‘black’ track they had traveled on earlier. Betty began speculating out loud concerning the heaviness that she felt in her legs. It seemed as if the force that kept Betty glued to a position just above the track was also responsible for causing her severe physical discomfort. “I think maybe why my feet are like that - I must be, uh, glued to that thing, because there are no railings and there’s nothing holding me in. And I’m just gliding along that thing, and it’s not very wide... And that green and blue-colored atmosphere, it’s just beautiful (the underground land was very beautiful in some parts, but the alien creatures themselves which had apparently taken control of these areas at some time in the past were described by Betty as being frightening-looking)... The green atmosphere was the sky, and then it was also blue... and green and blue were mixed. It was bright, bright green - emerald green - and then it was like blue... I don’t remember any shadows.” She also claimed to have seen some crystalline structures, as well as the pyramid structure once again, “there’s that pyramid again. Ah, it has the white on the edges. And that (sculptured) head and those bridges, or something or other. I don’t know. There was - uh, there was water that was very choppy when I was going, like a big sea. There was land, but it was, if you call it a horizon, it was like there was mist all around... I saw the color of the - fish, bird fish... Off to the side there is some kind of - something like a city or something. I don’t know what it is. It is too different than I’ve ever seen before. I just can’t explain it... And we are still going through that red atmosphere. We’re coming to the circle again. And it’s like a mirror. We’re going through something like a mirror.” In an instant, they were plunged into darkness. Once again, Betty glided along the dark rock-hewn tunnel, “And we are going along this dark tunnel and, uh, we’re just gliding along. And just keep going and going and going, it seems like. We are in there a long time, it feels like... They (the aliens) have powers. THEY CAN MAKE YOU THINK ONE THING AND YET MEAN ANOTHER. I DON’T LIKE THEM CONTROLLING MY WORDS!” Betty said during one “regressive hypnosis” session DURING WHICH time an alien force began taking control of her mind and spoke through her in a mechanical voice. During this session she said: “They have powers. They can control the wind, the water and even lightning... They are (using me), and I don’t know how they’re doing it... They travel freely. They travel freely throughout the ○ ○
Slide 94: whole earth.” When she was asked by one therapist if they traveled INSIDE the earth, Betty replied, “Since the beginning of time... some come from realms where you cannot see their hiding place. Some come from the very earth... there is a place on this very earth that you don’t know of.” ○ In ‘THE ANDREASSON AFFAIR, PHASE II’ (Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ., 1982., 278 pp. ch. 6-8) Mr. Fowler reveals even more connections between Betty Andreasson’s abduction by the “Gray” manipulators and a subterranean cavern region. Apparently, as in the case of many abductees, she was being manipulated by the creatures since a young age. One encounter took place at the age of 12 with a small hominoid creature which emerged from a hole in a mountain near Westminster, England. During another abduction experience later in her life she was allegedly taken to huge caverns in which she saw a crystal “museum” or computer containing records of past events, etc., as well as underground mountains, valleys and enormous “icicles”. • Janice Goad, in an article titled ‘CAVE LEGENDS OF THE CENTRAL APPALACHIANS’ (which appeared in the TECH TROGLODYTE, a National Speleological Society affiliate, Vol. 12, No. 2 issue), revealed several accounts of strange caves and unusual stories surrounding them. Among these accounts are those concerning “Devil’s Slide Cave,” six miles southwest of Tazewell, VA., and “Stoven’s Cave” in Kentucky. From both these caves strange, unusual sounds have been heard to emerge. Walley George, in his article, ‘PILGRIMAGE TO THE DEVIL’ (FATE Magazine., Aug. 1957., pp. 38-52) tells of a cave in a mountain 5 miles south of Ojinago, Mexico, which is believed to be the home of “devils”. According to the account, many “witches” who have fallen under the control of these creatures make regular pilgrimages to the site. Virgil T. Godwin, in his book ‘BIZARRE SHAVER’ (Published by the author., Salem, OR 1982) tells of Mr. Godwin’s contacts with a subterranean race, his experience with “UFO’s”, etc. The author, of gypsy background, allegedly had connections with UFO occupants, Sasquatch, etc., since he was a child, and has allegedly taken 1000’s of photographs of their aerial craft, and has appeared on talk shows and has claimed continuous contact with the UFO occupants. The occupants are said to be a race of about 8 foot tall humans who live in tunnels and underground cities centered below Lincoln County, Oregon., with at least one (probably more) connected subterranean colonies beneath other parts of the Western Hemisphere, one of these being within certain caves in or near a canyon in the central region of Baja, California. They claim to be technically advanced, and warn of their ability to help defend North America in the event it is invaded by a foreign government (and/or by other-planetary entities also?). This underground race allegedly has ties and backgrounds that are connected to old Amerindian civilizations. They are able to speak English, but their dialect is that of ‘American Indian’. Vaughn M. Greene, in a letter which appeared in issue No. 14 of Richard Toronto’s SHAVERTRON letter-zine, spoke of a possible ‘entrance’ to cavern systems near the bottom of the elevator landing in the Hoover dam near Las Vegas, which holds back Lake Mead. Early construction workers allegedly broke into (and probably re-sealed) large caverns while blasting out the cliffs near the base of the dam. In the lower elevator landing, according to Mr. Greene, there was a “wild tile inlay on the floor, with signs of the zodiac and all sorts of stuff suggesting an entrance.” He suggests a possible connection between this and the • • •
Slide 95: caverns which the workers broke into. Could this tie-in with accounts given by others that an underground base exists beneath Page, Arizona connecting the S4 underground base in Nevada and the Dulce underground base in New Mexico via tube-line? (the Glen Canyon - Lake Powell Hydroelectric dam in Page ‘might’ provide a power source for such an underground installation) This is however only supposition, however Navaho dam is alleged to supply some power to the upper human-occupied levels of the Dulce Base, which may suggest that similar bases are at least partially powered by hydroelectric dams. • An early issue of the ‘Shaver Mystery Magazine’ gave an account of two boys who uncovered a ‘thermal bore’ in a cave near Pittsburgh, PA. Their dog ran into the tunnel, a few minutes following which they ‘heard’ a deep, low vibrating sound whereupon the dog in absolute terror darted up from the tunnel, scratched it way past the boys and was later found shivering at home. The cave was subsequently covered up by a road crew. Howard F. Griffin, in a letter which appeared in the ‘SHAVER MYSTERY MAGAZINE’, Vol. 1., No. 2., 1947, p. 35., told of vast caverns within the interior of Pike’s Peak in Colorado, as evidenced by occasional sounds of subterranean ‘rock-falls’ which have been heard to emanate from the bowels of the mountain. Other sources have confirmed this phenomena also. Paxson C. Hayes, in writings of his which appeared in early issues of BSRF’s (Borderland Sciences Research Foundation’s) publication ‘ROUND ROBIN,’ referred to the discovery which he claimed to have made of the mummified remains of a race of 7-ft. tall humans who lived in huge caverns 9,000 feet below the surface of North America. The Vol. 2, No. 1 issue of THE HOLLOW HASSLE Newsletter (formerly published by Tal and Mary LeVesque), told of the discovery of a mysterious stone staircase leading to a network of underground caverns beneath the Caribbean island of Bonaire. Charles Hillinger, in his article, ‘AN UNDERGROUND CATHEDRAL’ (Los Angeles Times., Mar. 2., 1975) describes a mysterious maze of underground tunnels and rooms discovered beneath the surface of Eureka, Nevada. Dana Howard, in her book, ‘VESTA, THE EARTHBORN VENUSIAN’ (Essene Press., Corpus Christi, TX. 1950), includes a chapter which tells of a remnant of an ancient civilization still in existence underground, within one of the mountain ranges adjacent to the Imperial Valley area of California. The I.N.F.O. JOURNAL (Published by the Inter-National Fortean Organization., Arlington, VA), Vol. 2., No. 2, p.7., relates “Prof. Hapgood’s” discovery of a stone staircase leading down into the earth at Acambaro in central Mexico, now filled with hard-packed volcanic material. The conclusions are that the stairway is very ancient and must lead somewhere! The site is located on the “Mizquiz” property. John A. Keel, on p. 145 of his book ‘THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES’ (1975), states: “An engineer Rex Ball swears he came upon a mysterious underground installation in Georgia in 1940, manned by small Oriental-looking men in coveralls and a few American military officers. When he was caught in the tunnels, one of the officers issued the curt command, ‘Make him look like a nut!’ He woke up in a field, uncertain whether his experience had been real or a dream. That seems to be the battle cry of the phenomena. ‘Make him look like a nut!’” And on p. 192 of the same book: “...A man on Long Island (informed Keel that he) was frantically making preparations for the big evacuation. He even traveled to a secret • • • • • • •
Slide 96: underground flying saucer base, in a black Cadillac with a dashboard festooned with flashing colored lights, where he participated in a ‘dry run.’ Other normal human beings were present, he said, and manned various kinds of equipment to communicate with the rescue spaceships somewhere overhead. ‘Funny thing, John,’ he mused, ‘all the equipment was manufactured by Western Electric, Hallicrafters, and other U.S. companies.’” • David Klein, in an article titled ‘AMATEUR EXPLORER DISCOVERS VAST CAVERN SYSTEM CONTAINING UNDERGROUND RIVER OF GOLD’ (NATIONAL ENQUIRER., Feb. 4., 1973 pp. 16-17), related the discovery of a strange cavern system located some 300 miles northwest of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. Within the cavern-system there were allegedly large amounts of gold, huge unidentifiable human or Sasquatch-like footprints, white-albino frogs and perfectly round stones and underground rivers. These findings, according to the article, were immediately suppressed by the Canadian government soon after they were discovered. Tal LeVesque, in an article titled ‘UNDERGROUND UFO BASE SUSPECTED BY OFFICIALS IN WASHINGTON’, which appeared in the Vol. 2., No. 2., issue of THE HOLLOW HASSLE, described a suspected UFO Base which is believed by some to lie under the Yakima Indian Reservation southeast of Tacoma, Washington. Abraham Mansfield of ‘The Lemurian Foundation - Mt. Shasta’ located in Redding, California, published a book in 1970 called ‘THE GOLDEN GodDESS OF THE LEMURIANS.’ The book is based on the author’s alleged contacts with native tribesmen in the area who revealed to him the secret of the ancient ‘Lemurian’ treasure caves in the area, allegedly containing gold and treasure from the ancient lost civilization. Chapter One of the volume gives the account of a men who was allegedly led into the bowels of Mt. Shasta and into a subterranean city and gardens producing gigantic vegetables, a mile or so under the surface of the mountain. This seems to confirm what has been written by others concerning an apparent ante-deluvian city, long since re-established and occupied by a “tall, blond race” of humans who are able to travel to other planetary bodies via crystalectromagnetic, mercury, ion and tachyon propelled craft. Their central or capital city is allegedly called “Telos” and lies about a mile under Mt. Shasta, and is said to contain vast underground hydroponic gardens. The ‘MILWAUKEE JOURNAL’, Feb. 18, 1983., printed an article titled, ‘MANY CAVE DWELLINGS IN CHINA’. The article referred to 4 million Chinese people who are said to live in cavern dwellings, according to THE PEOPLE’S DAILY, a Chinese Newspaper. There are hundreds of miles of inhabited, artificially constructed “national defense” tunnels and chambers beneath Peking alone. Charles A. Marcoux published in 1981 a book called ‘THE HIDDEN CITY OF CHIHUATLAN’. It described an account of a sealed cave in a certain canyon near old Sonora, Mexico, which is said to lead to the ancient Aztec underworld, or ‘The Hidden City of Chihuatlan.’ Marcoux also referred to an entrance to a tunnel in the Franklin Mts. near El Paso, Texas., and an unexplored cave with large stone steps leading deep into the earth near El Moro National Monument northeast of Pie Town, New Mexico. In connection with the possible Aztec “underworld”, one source some years ago wrote a manuscript in which he hypothesized that the legendary “Seven Caves” of Aztec tradition might lie beneath mountains adjacent to the “Salton Sea” of southern California. Certain persons have allegedly heard subterranean “rock slides” within mountain in this area. In relation to Abraham Mansfield’s account mentioned earlier, another man has • • • • •
Slide 97: written a book titled ‘LEMURIA - FACT OR FICTION?’ The author, Robert Maxwell, claims to have been taken into the inner colony of Mt. Shasta and shown by one of it’s inhabitants the city and ancient domain which was once inhabited by a lost race. • Clair Millet, in his article ‘LEGEND OF THE TUARTUMS - OF THE VALLEY OF THE SUN’ (2-part article appearing in the Spring and Summer 1981 issues of the ‘New Atlantean Journal’), tells of the legend of a race of ‘little people’ or ‘TuarTums,’ who allegedly live below the Salt River Valley, or Valley of the Sun, in Arizona. Other sources, incidentally, claim that ‘little men’ have been seen on top of ridges in the nearby Superstition Mts. area, as if they were guarding something (an entrance to an underground system perhaps?). The book ‘THE LIFE OF THE CAVE’, by Mohr and Paulson (1966), gives evidence of extended animal migration underground beneath the central-eastern U.S., indicated by troglodytes (animal) found in widely separated caves which are identical with each other, indicating past inter-connections which have become blocked. These caverns are found from time to time during deep drilling operations. An article in the Feb. 19, 1976 issue of the ‘HOUSTON POST’, titled ‘MOUNTAIN CAVE HAS MYSTERY, MAYBE MONSTER’, tells of the discovery by scientists of a cave, “the oldest in the world... with smooth vaulted roofs and level floors,” (i.e. artificial) located inside Mt. Autana in the Orinoco jungle, 400 miles south of Caracas, Venezuela, and believed by locals to be the home of a giant human being(s). The Summer, 1980 issue of the ‘NEW ATLANTEAN JOURNAL’, p. 48, relates the account of a Mexican by the name of Jose Carmen Garcia, who claims to have met a man who was taken into a subterranean city or tunnels inhabited by tall, fair humans. The beings claimed to be ‘extraterrestrials’ (could they have been native terrans with interplanetary capabilities as many ‘hidden’ societies apparently are?), and were encountered beneath an ancient volcano near Irapuato, Mexico. The man who encountered the beings was given a “formula” for growing gigantic vegetables. The man gave the formula to Mr. Garcia, who in turn presented it to the Rosicrucian Order in California. In the article there appeared photographs of giant cabbages grown by Garcia. Could this account have something to do with the Mt. Shasta scenario? Note: ○ Both places are “extinct” or dormant ancient volcanoes; ○ both involve “giant” vegetables grown by the inhabitants; ○ both subterranean groups are “tall”; both are “fair” (blond?); ○ and incidentally the Rosicrucians have somehow been tied to or interested in both places as we can see, even if this connection is peripheral and does not involve actual contact with the inhabitants. The September 29. 1981, issue of the ‘NEW YORK TIMES’ (p. 3) reported on Russian drilling experiments which have been conducted at the Kola Peninsula and at Saatly in Azerbaijan, resulting in two unexpected findings. These included the discovery of traces of biological activity of fossil microorganisms at 22,000 ft., and a dramatic increase in temperature at 33,000 ft., instead of a dropping temperature that was expected. A Mr. John Hall of Utah alleged that several years ago a farmer near Alpine, Utah requested help from some locals to move a large boulder in the midst of a field. They were surprised upon moving it to find an ‘staircase’ or tunnel that led deep underground. They followed this until they came face to face with a huge snake or serpent that seemed to be ‘guarding’ the lower entrance, whereupon they fled to • • • • •
Slide 98: the surface terrified and set the boulder back over the opening. • The ‘NORWOOD REVIEW OF ENGLAND’., May 12, 1884 issue, summarizes the surprising discovery of a warm country in the north by Arctic explorers. If warm land exists there, then conceivably lost civilizations might as well. Quoting from the article, ○ “We do not admit that there is ice up to the pole - once inside THE GREAT ICE BARRIER, a new world breaks upon the explorer, the climate is mild like that of England, and afterward, balmy as the Greek Isles.” David Perkins, in a letter of his which appeared in the Vol. 1, No. 1 issue of ‘THE HOLLOW HASSLE’, told of a strange “breathing well” that drillers had broken into 17 miles east of Walsenberg, CO. Other strange occurrences had been found on the ranch or farm where the well was located, including unexplained cattle mutilations. Representatives from the Colorado School of Mines came out to investigate the well, which seemed to “breath” in and out with the rising and falling of the tides, and they excitedly suggested that a tunnel lay below which may have connected with a similar tunnel which the Colorado School of Mines had tracked from the Gulf of Mexico and as far as Oklahoma. In ‘possible’ connection to this, one source alleged that an “alternative 002” type of underground “city” maintained by a secret society, can be entered via a “lodge” in the Uncompagre Mts., also in southwest Colorado. Also, a large “Masonic Park” exists in this same area (any connection?). W. B. Seabrook, in his book ‘ADVENTURES IN ARABIA’ (ch. 15) refers to the secret caverns under the temple-shrine at Sheik-Adi on Mt. Lalesh, near Baadri, Arabia. It is believed to have a subterranean river, this being confirmed by the author, which the Yezidee devil worshippers of the area allege connects with the spring of Zem Zem in Mecca, flowing beneath the entire desert country. Wayne D. Simpson, in a letter which appeared in the Vol. 1, No. 2 issue of ‘THE SHAVER MYSTERY MAGAZINE’ (pp. 28-29) tells of his own personal knowledge of the “Spillman Manuscript,” written by one C. J. Spillman of Phoenix, Arizona. In 1912 the author of the manuscript and others allegedly discovered an entrance to a cave or tunnel beneath some ancient surface ruins near San Simon, Bolivia. The group allegedly followed the passage to a great depth until emerging into an enormous cavern in which they encountered several identical-looking (cloned?) 8foot tall human-appearing beings who approached them from a distant “city”. These beings alleged that they were connected with other-planetary civilizations, although they lived in an underground city which seemed to have been there for some time. The present whereabouts of the manuscript is unknown. The April 6, 1982 issue of ‘WEEKLY WORLD NEWS’ carried an article titled, “SOVIET TESTS REVEAL THE 55-HOUR DAY!” The article records the strange discoveries of Russian speleologists-scientists who spend 71 days in one of the world’s deepest known caverns, located in the Abkhazia Mountains in the Soviet Union (i.e. or rather the former Soviet Union). After entering 8 miles into the cave, scientists reported increased vitality, less fatigue, and a natural change from normal 24-hour working-sleeping cycles to a 55-hour cycle. Martha G. Stark, in a letter to “inner earth” researchers, told of an entrance to “Pelleur’s Kingdom” near Carlsbad, New Mexico. She did not explain just where she came across this information. Carlsbad Caverns are located in the Guadellupe mountain range of southeastern New Mexico and northwestern Texas. Aside from the unusual tunnel containing the “smooth marble wall” mentioned earlier in this file, which was allegedly found near the Guadellupe’s, other strange paraspeleological phenomena have been described in connection • • • • •
Slide 99: with this area as well. For instance in the 1800’s, according to Toronto’s ‘SHAVERTRON’ newsletter, some trappers claimed to have followed a cavern in the Guadellupe’s deep underground where they were able to witness from a hidden position a procession of hooded dark-robed figures performing some type of strange ceremony. It was not established whether the ‘beings’ were sauroid or human. In the Spring of 1992 the television program ‘CODE-3’ covered the remarkable rescue of a woman - a speleologist who had broken her leg while helping to map the system - from the Lechuguilla cavern-network adjacent to Carlsbad. Ever since the entrance to Lechuguilla was found less than a dozen years previous to the accident it quickly became “the” cave for veteran speleologists and spelunkers in the United States, if not the world, to focus their attention on. In these few years it has established itself as the deepest “officially recognized” cavern in the United States at over 1,565 feet in depth and over 55 miles long with no end in sight! In addition to this, John Lear, Thomas C. and other have identified “Carlsbad, New Mexico” as being the general location of an “underground base” connecting the gigantic subterranean network which converges below Dulce, New Mexico. • Lt. Col. Wendelle C. Stevens, in his book, “UFO - CONTACT FROM THE PLEIADES, A PRELIMINARY REPORT” (UFO Photo Archives., Tucson, AZ 1982., p. 79) reports on the alleged sixth face-to-face contact between Eduard ‘Billy’ Meier and the ‘Pleiadean’ Semjase. He was told of strange people, unknown to us, who live in the interior of mountains and cave’s beneath the earth’s surface. They are of various types, some with bluish skin, and others who often come to the surface and blend with surface inhabitants, unknown to their true origin. Cecil Michael, in his book ‘ROUND TRIP TO HELL IN A FLYING SAUCER’ (formerly published by Saucerian Press, later known as Gray Barker Books and still later as the Gray Barker Archives - (304) 624-6512), tells of a UFO encounter of a different sort. Aside from the almost exclusive physical nature of encounters with human occupants, and the often para-physical nature of contacts with the saurians, Mr. Michael claims to have encountered the ‘Infernals’, entities that make up the third classification of UFO occupants - exclusively supernatural beings, or rather fallen light beings or angels. He tells how he was visited by strange “dead looking” men that materialized in his shop one day, which offered to take him on a trip in their “flying saucer”. He responded that he would never physically go with them, at which point they made it known that the “physical” aspect was not necessary. Sometime later, he claimed, he was ‘astrally’ abducted by the entities, his spirit form being separated from his physical and soul forms, and taken into a saucer-shaped object apparently constructed from some type of etheric matter yet which was empty and absent of any mechanical parts and in fact was allegedly operated by the ‘psychic energy’ of the beings. From here he was allegedly taken to a realm of tormented souls deep, deep beneath the earth where he saw the souls of discarnate men and women being cast by the beings into an icy sea, after which the tormented souls drifted away into oblivion. Mr. Michael claimed that the creatures looked humanoid yet were not at all human. • • Raymond A. Fowler, in ‘THE ANDREASSON AFFAIR’, pp. 202-203, gave his own interpretation of the intentions of the non-human entities who abducted Betty Andreasson to their underworld abode. In reference to a supposed “religious experience” she had during
Slide 100: which she thought she observed a huge phoenix-like bird consumed by fire and then rise again from it’s own ashes, a theme which is tied in with ancient Egyptian lore, Mr. Fowler stated: “...it seems to be the purpose of her travel through the red and green spaces. In reality, the... phenomena may be a combination of advanced technology and theology. A slightly more sinister possibility suggests itself, of course. When researching the life-style of primitive peoples, modern-day anthropologists are careful to respect the beliefs of local tribes, sometimes going so far as to let themselves be ‘initiated’ into their secret societies. It did occur to the investigator that Quazgaa (the alien-gray commander involved in orchestrating the abduction of Mrs. Andreasson) may have paid lip service to Betty’s religious convictions SIMPLY IN ORDER TO ENSURE HER COMPLIANCE. Again and again, Betty had been about to RESIST the entities’ requests, but invariably acquiesced when she was assured (however obliquely) that her abductors were, indeed, on the side of the angels (there are, however, two classifications of ‘angels’ - the fallen and the unfallen variety - Branton). AND YET MUCH OF WHAT THESE BEINGS MADE BETTY UNDERGO (particularly her examination ordeal) HARDLY SEEMS IN THE SPIRIT OF CHRISTIAN CHARITY. Indeed, the hypothesis makes a bit more sense of the baffling phoenix episode. Betty assured us that Quazgaa and his associates’ sense of time was far different from ours; and the phoenix was apparently a meaningful symbol to members of the early Christian Church. Supposing that these entities went out of their way to stage-manage a religious experience as a ‘reward’ for Betty, it’s not inconceivable that they might have picked a symbol that was obsolete by some 1,500 years!” In his book ‘The Gold of The Gods’, Erich von Danniken relates some interesting thoughts concerning an ancient tunnel system that had been discovered below the mountains and jungles of Ecuador which allegedly consist of straight ‘glazed’ tunnels with intermittent ‘air shafts’ that stretch for hundreds of miles. Although he has come under criticism from many researchers for his tendency to embellish certain accounts, and twist archeological and historical facts in an attempt to support his own pet theories, some of his research is nevertheless interesting and reliable enough to include here. • On pp. 59-60 of this particular work, he stated: “...I can refute the objection that the tunnel-builders must have ‘betrayed’ themselves by the enormous quantities of debris excavated while making the tunnels. As I credit them with an advanced technology, they were presumably equipped with a THERMAL DRILL of the kind described in
Slide 101: DER SPIEGAL for 3 April, 1972, which reported it as the latest discovery. The scientists of the U.S. Laboratory for Atomic Research at Los Alamos spent a year and a half developing the thermal drill. It has nothing in common with ordinary drills. The tip of the drill is made of wolfram and heated by a graphite heating element. There is no longer any waste material from the hole being drilled. The thermal drill melts the rock through which it bores and presses it against the walls, where it cools down. As DER SPIEGAL related, the first test-model bored almost soundlessly through blocks of stone 12 ft. thick. At Los Alamos they are now planning the construction of a thermal drill that is powered by a mini atomic reactor and eats into the earth like a mole, in the form of an armored vehicle. This drill is intended to pierce the earth’s crust, which is about 25 miles thick (in some places - Branton), and take samples of the molten magma that lies underneath it...” An analysis of UFO occupant reports prepared for the Center for UFO Studies (AN ANALYSIS OF THE FALL 1973 UFO/HUMANOID WAVE, by Dave Webb. Center for UFO Studies., Evanston, ILL 1976. p. 52) states that twenty-seven “dwarf” cases were reported to CUFOS in 1973. One such case allegedly involved another family’s CE-III on October 16, 1973, at Lehi, Utah. Using hypnosis, Dr. James Harder, consultant for the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO), elicited from one of the witnesses the following description: The beings were slightly over four feet tall, very thin, with large slanted eyes. Their arms were long and their hands GLOVED and CLAWLIKE, with a diminutive thumb. They were wearing what appeared to be glowing clothing with Sam Brown-like belts! • Although this particular ‘File’ is reserved for reports of subsurface phenomena, we will not exclude these to planet earth alone. There is much evidence that the underground regions of other planets, or possibly even the moons of this and other planets, may play a part in the “Grand Scenario”. Frank Edwards, in his ‘STRANGE WORLD’ (Lyle Stuart Co., N.Y. 1964. pp. 329-330) gives the following revelations under the heading, “THE MYSTERIOUS MOONS OF MARS”: “Now that man has tools which will enable him to obtain detailed information by near approaches to Mars, we may expect, within the next few years, to learn whether Mars is inhabited by intelligent beings, and, if so, what they look like and how they live. Among the factors which have focused so much of our time and talent on Mars are the two tiny satellites which orbit the planet - where - prior to 1877--no satellites had ever been seen before (In other words, about the time the canals of Mars were mysteriously starting to “disappear”, new satellites began appearing on the scene - Branton). The famous astronomers Herschel and Lasselle had excellent telescopes at their disposal - so good that they used them to DISCOVER THE MOONS OF URANUS. Yet neither these men, nor hundreds of other astronomers who observed the planets, were able to see any satellites around Mars.
Slide 102: Then in one week in 1877, Asaph Hall found that Mars had two satellites where none had been seen before. Furthermore, he found that the satellites were tiny but bright... brighter than the planet itself... as though they were made of some material other than that of Mars. It is also worth noting that not only do these two Martian satellites sweep around the planet at a very high speed but they travel in different directions... factors which had led to the suspicion that they are artificial. This is the theory advanced by Soviet astronomer I. S. Schklovsky, who points out that the Martian satellite known as Phobos exhibits a strange acceleration in its orbit, an irregularity which would be expected if the satellite were in reality a huge metal sphere that was hollow. The same difference in speed, however, would be impossible for a natural astronomical body. Therefore, says Dr. Schklovsky, at least one of the moons of Mars IS NOT A NATURAL OBJECT, but an artificial satellite placed in orbit around the ‘red’ planet in 1877, or shortly before that time. When we stop to think of the discovery of the Martian moons in 1877--and of the mass of phenomena noted on our moon between 1879 and 1889--the conviction develops that if we discover life on Mars...we may also discover that we are merely returning a visit.” An article in the Dec. 1, 1968 issue of THE PEOPLE (British), titled “Something Quare Down The Tunnel!”, reported on a strange, dark, 7 ft. tall creature which was briefly seen by workers during the construction of London’s New Victoria tube line. The MELBOURNE SUN (Melbourne, Victoria, Australia), August 25, 1954 issue, carried an article titled “THE NEW SATELLITES”, which stated: “Two meteors (asteroids?) had become satellites of the earth and WERE REVOLVING WITH IT 400 to 600 miles out in space, the latest issue of the American Magazine ‘AVIATION WEEK’ said yesterday. The magazine said that the discovery of the satellites threw the air force into confusion this summer. Alarm over the sightings ended only after they had been identified as natural rather than manmade.” Another possibility may be that they were both ‘engineered’ natural objects such as hollowed-out asteroids taken from the asteroid belt. The simultaneous arrival of two large asteroids, combined with the fact that both took up a geo-synchronous (synchronized with the revolving of the earth and positioned always over a particular geographical location) orbit, would be an incredible coincidence indeed. In ‘THE KATHA SARIT SAGARA (THE OCEAN OF STORY)’, edited by Bhatta Somadeva., New Delhi, India., 1968., this Ten Volume collection of ancient East Indian lore gives a description of the 7-leveled underworld of ‘Patala’, which is the traditional abode of the Nagas, or the Serpent Race. Vol. 6, pp. 108-112, gives a legend concerning the journey of a King by the name of Bhunandana to this underworld region. Although most of the story is probably fiction, it is nevertheless a bizarre reflection of the ideas which it’s writer or writers, early Hindu’s, had concerning this underworld. Take note that some of the legend seems to parallel certain ideas concerning the reptilian netherworld which have appeared in other accounts. Whether this legend has any direct connection with actual alleged scenarios such as that taking place deep below Dulce, New Mexico, remains to be seen. We will let the reader make their own determination. The legend, as it appeared in ‘THE OCEAN OF STORY’, states that: “There are on this earth many openings leading into the lower regions; but there is one great and famous one is Kasmira made by Maya... even now the place is
Slide 103: called by the two names Peak of Pradyumna and Hill of Sarika... the king (Bhunandana) entered with... his pupils, and marched along the road to Patala for five days and five nights. And on the sixth day they all crossed the Ganges of the lower regions.” The king told his followers, “This is the dwelling of the God Siva (as the reader may recall, Siva or Shiva is an apparently supernatural being that has been identified with the Serpent Race of the ‘Nagas’, as related in Andrew Tomas’ book ‘ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS’ and elsewhere - Branton), who inhabits the lower regions in the form of Hatakesvara, and whose praises are sung in the three worlds...” Could the ‘three’ worlds be the subterran, terran and exterran ‘worlds’? In the legend the underworld of Patala gave off the impression of being some kind of underworld paradise, yet the hero’s of the story soon learn that such ‘beauty’ is only superficial, and that inwardly things were just the opposite. One of the kings servants, becoming hungry, eats a fruit from one of the subterranean trees and “...as soon as he had eaten it, he became rigid and motionless.” At one point in the journey the king encounters a being that appeared to him in the form of a woman, and this being takes him to an underground garden and, according to the legend, “...then she sat down with him on the brink of a tank filled with wine, and with the blood and fat of corpses, that hung from trees on its banks, and she offered the king a goblet, full of the fat and wine, to drink, but he would not accept the loathsome compound. And she kept saying earnestly to the king: ‘You will not prosper if you reject my beverage.’ But he answered: ‘I certainly will not drink that undrinkable compound, whatever may happen.’” In apparent response to his refusal, instead of declaring that he had passed some test, ‘she’ then pours out the grotesque compound over his head and departs, and shortly afterwards he was expelled from Patala, the legendary home of the Nagas or the Serpent Race (this particular legend did not refer to the Naga’s as the inhabitants of Patala, as most Hindu legends do, that is of course unless the ‘woman’ was actually a Naga in disguise. Or could ‘she’ have been a sorceress who lived in that dark underworld realm? This is assuming of course that there is some seed of truth behind this tale). Whether fantasy or reality, the ‘king’ should be commended for resisting the bloody ‘drink’, and may have been fortunate that he himself did not end up as ‘food’ for these false ‘Gods’ of the underworld. This is, again, assuming that there is a fire of truth behind the ‘smoke’ of such tales. Manly P. Hall, who has written numerous books on Freemasonry and other occult themes, in his volume ‘MAN, THE GRAND SYMBOL OF THE MYSTERIES’ (Manly P. Hall Pub. Co., Los Angeles, CA, 1932, p. 160) states: “The most secret rituals of ancient initiation were performed in subterranean crypts, which were called ‘caverns of the Mysteries.’ In the Gothic rites, the final ceremony in which the new initiate was invested with the insignia of his order took place in a high, vaulted, cavernous chamber in the presence of the luminous statue of Balder (a Nordic ‘deity’)... Here also are the Seven Sleepers of Ephesus and the cave-dwelling Rishis of India - the seven original beings who in the mythology of Central America were the cave-born progenitors of the (Central American) races.” (Note: The cave-dwelling Rishis are said to live largely in Ellora, India where there are alleged to be tunnel entrances to an underground system which connects with Elephanta and the Ajunta Caverns - Branton) One source stated some years ago that the Texas Instruments plant near Dallas, Texas, had discovered a system of ancient tunnels and caverns deep below the T.I. Complex there (discovered via experimental electronic earth-sounding probes? - merely a suggestion), and have
Slide 104: secretly been investigating these tunnels for some time. This source revealed the name and address of one woman T.I. worker who allegedly told this source about the underground system. A letter was sent to this woman asking if she would confirm or deny the story, but no response has been forthcoming. These sources alleged that ‘small’ hominoid beings were discovered in the tunnels, some of which were being held in captivity in ‘cage-like’ enclosures for research purposes (whether ‘they’ were humanoid or sauroid was not mentioned, other than that they tended towards a greenishlike skin color). Certain ‘inner earth’ researchers were allegedly contacted by the company and allowed entrance into these tunnels for the purpose of getting their opinion and views on who or what these beings were. Due to the lack of solid confirming evidence as yet, the reader should take these reports with a grain of salt for now. Archaeologists have in recent years broken through into vast and ancient labyrinthine underground cities in Turkey. Although several ‘cities’ have been found, the largest seems to lie beneath Derenkuyu. These underground villages are quite extensive, with many levels, and in some places contain tunnels only 3 or 4 ft. in diameter (apparently constructed this way for defense purpose) that lead to other chambers or other levels. According to tradition, many of these cities were utilized by early Christians escaping persecution. It is not known however whether the Christians built the cities or whether the underground villages are of more ancient origin. According to Kurt Braun, in his article ‘Underground Civilization Attacks German Archaeologists’, in ‘BEYOND REALITY’ (Dec. 1968); some men who were exploring the lower depths of the Derenkuyu labyrinth were at one point ‘attacked’ by tall, albino-like humans. Since most of the underground ‘cities’ have not been fully explored it is uncertain just how extensive they are or if they connect lower down. John A. Keel, in his book, ‘THE EIGHTH TOWER’ (Saturday Review Press., N.Y., 1975), pp. 5354,129, stated: “...A woman in Gaffney, South Carolina, was plagued by eerie hums and strange mechanical sounds in the mid-1960s. She complained to the local police that someone was digging tunnels under her house, but a thorough investigation yielded nothing... During my own investigations into the mountains of northern New Jersey, I wandered uncomfortably through old caves half-filled with water after local residents had told me of hearing sounds of pulsing machines... To the UFO cultists these sounds are supposed to be coming from the marvelous space ships of mysterious extraterrestrial travelers. Another group (and it is a large group) sees these as evidence of the existence of ‘Deros’ detrimental robots - who live in the bowels of the earth and are up to no good... In May 1969 Jose Antonio, a Brazilian soldier, underwent (an) experience when he was kidnapped by a group of tiny humanoids, and transported to a cavernlike room of stone. There his captors offered him a drink from a stone cube with a pyramidal cavity in the center. It was a dark green liquid, with a bitter taste. But he said he felt better after drinking it.” In his book ‘ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS’ (Souvenir Press), Andrew Tomas, in his chapter “Labyrinths and Serpents”, states: “...According to legend, King Minos of Crete ordered his architect Daedalus to construct the labyrinth, a maze of passages so ingeniously devised that even the builder himself could not find his way without a plan. In the center lived the Minotaur, half bull, half human, to whom the Greeks sent seven youths and seven maidens as a tribute every nine years. The Minotaur was slain by Theseus who was able to find his way out of the labyrinth thanks to a ball of thread given to him by Ariadne. This myth has been
Slide 105: interpreted as an historical record of the construction of the palace of Minos in Knossos which contains innumerable galleries and rooms. On the other hand, this myth may have an entirely different interpretation, similar to a cryptogram, which conceals the existence of a secret repository of underground chambers and passages...” Although this might seem to be just a “legend”, there are alleged accounts of actual encounters with paraphysical (part supernatural, part physical) “demonic” creatures such as the satyres, centuars, and Minotaurs, etc. which have been described in Greek mythology. Such encounters often involve paraphysical “poltergeist-like” phenomena and manipulation of mind and matter. According to some sources, a race of beings possessing a combination of humanoid, angelic and animal-like characteristics pre-dated Adamic civilization and were involved in the original rebellion and conspiracy against the Creator. The creatures mentioned in the 9th chapter of the book of Revelation “may” be this type of demonic or fallen entity. These were apparently distinct from the purely spiritual angelic and fallen angelic beings. Whether the following account describes an encounter with such a fallen race(s) remains to be seen. The letter we quote here appeared in the Winter, 1962 issue of THE HIDDEN WORLD, one of several publications which grew out of the “Shaver Mystery” controversy of the late 1940’s: “Mr. Richard Shaver: Hoping this letter finds you in the best of health. My name is Frank J. Mezta. I live in the County of Imperial Valley, City of Calexico, California. “Through accident I happened to stumble into your book HIDDEN WORLD issue No. A-1 and just recently A-2. I sometimes wonder if it was luck or deliberate action on the part of a tero. All my life, I have been looking and asking for certain, unsolved and unanswered questions regarding civilization, our ancestors and the beginning of time. I believe your book gave me the best answers. Let me tell you a few of my expeditions. “Two years ago, we went treasure hunting in the interior of Mexico, which turned out to be a flop. But in that excursion some strange things happened to us, which at the time we wrote off as superstition. We went to this place where we were supposed to enter; but suddenly a fright with chills came over me, something I had never felt before. Something like a sixth sense, like if I knew something was going to happen to me. I didn’t go in and neither did anybody else. Next day we approached the cave again, only this time I wasn’t afraid and I let the group inside. This cave was tremendous in size, and leading passages everywhere. Some of these passages or chambers, sometimes being 30 ft. high and 100 ft. long (contained) connecting tunnels. We finally gave up, but in retrieving we found two leading passages instead of the one we had entered. This startled us, and we set to investigate the second tunnel. It just kept winding and going down so we finally gave up and got out of there. “When we got back to the village we struck a conversation with two Mexican Indians, and they told us that whatever we did, not to go into the enchanted caves. We got curious and asked them where these so called enchanted caves were. They gave us directions and that was exactly where we had entered a few days ago. We asked them what happened in these caves. They told us that people that went in there, never came out, that while in there, the entrances and tunnels would change, which happened to us, and we didn’t know about this till after we had been in there. Then they told us the strangest thing, which at the time we said these people are superstitious, they said that they went with an expedition with 20 or 30 men hired by an American man to
Slide 106: look into this cave. This happened about 10 or 15 years ago they said. Four or five of the men had revolvers, they were well equipped with lights and tools. While they were working there all of a sudden in the far end there appeared a half man and bull head like a bull upright. This description fits the one you have on your front cover on issue A-1. And next to him was a naked midget or little boy. They pulled out their revolvers but they wouldn’t fire, and their lights went out. There was confusion, and several men were killed in the scramble and nobody returned after that - Frank J. Mezta, 939 Genge, Calexico, Calif.” In recent years, much has been written about the so-called “National Defense” underground facilities, some of which have become public knowledge due to the apparent “fall” of Communism in the former Soviet Union. It is alleged that these facilities do serve or have served as National Defense shelters, yet according to some they “flow in” via tube-shuttles to other subterranean systems which are involved in the secret government “Alternative 002” scenario, underground bio-genetic laboratories, and even subterranean systems involving “alien” scenarios as well. Mt. Weather, near Bluemont, VA., is the site of an actual “underground city” constructed and maintained by the U.S. Government for the purpose of being utilized “by the President” and top governmental officials as a command center in the event of a nuclear war or a similar emergency. It is uncertain whether this installation was entirely excavated by the U.S. government or whether they utilized and added-on to already-existing natural subterranean cavities, but most reports state that the “installation” is enormous. It was virtually unknown to the media until a plane crashed near Mt. Weather in northern Virginia, forcing the government to acknowledge the existence of the underground complex. It allegedly consists of miles upon miles of underground tunnels which connect scores of chambers, offices, recreation centers, cafeterias, etc., all reportedly accessible via a system of ‘electric cars’. It is apparently one of the major ‘bolt holes’ (a code-name for a series of about a hundred, possibly more, such government installations located in America and overseas) which is being utilized by the U.S. government. Witnesses have stated that helicopters have at times been seen landing in a secret port in the side of Mt. Weather. These craft then enter the mountain via enormous metal ‘doors’ in the side of the mountain. In reference to Mt. Weather, the editor of ‘THE MISSING LINK’, published by UFOCC (UFO Contact Center International) of Federal Way, Washington, stated: “A... paper on caves, tunnels, etc. states that there is a tube shuttle from the White House to a super-secret underground complex in case of nuclear attack, under Mt. Weather, Virginia!” Incidentally, a man in Florida (who will remain anonymous for obvious reasons) who claimed to have been “abducted” by alien entities, also alleged that he had a friend who was a high-level officer in the government, with a very high security clearance. He stated that his friend was involved in interviewing military personnel who had “UFO-type” encounters, and other forms of debriefing and, we can assume, other methods utilized to maintain the cover-up. This government officer had allegedly been to Wright-Patterson Air Force Base near Dayton, Ohio and had personally seen some of the “alien cadavers” which were recovered from disks which had crashed. He was also, he claimed, allowed entrance into a top-secret system of underground tunnels beneath Washington D.C., and had visited a highly classified underground installation which apparently was the ‘real’ or ‘inner’ Central Intelligence Agency, and that the one at Langley was merely the ‘outer’ level of the CIA. This ‘installation’, he said, was connected to the White House
Slide 107: via a TUBE SHUTTLE! Could this Florida man’s friend have been referring to Mt. Weather, or a similar installation? Or was he referring to the alleged CIA-NSA-MIB installation deep below Washington D.C. itself, the so-called ‘NOD’ installation? In addition to this, there are other sources who claim that the CIA installation at Langley descends at least seven levels, and that some of the (recovered?) disks are housed in these lower levels. A researcher by the name of Jon Singer, stated the following in an article of his which appeared in ‘THE MISSING LINK’ (mentioned earlier): “Our nation’s capital has it’s share of Fortean mysteries. There is supposed to be a tunnel complex under the Octagon House at 1741 New York Avenue, NW. Dr. John Thornton, the architect who designed the Capitol Building, built some (but not all) of the tunnels. The course of at least two of the tunnels is known. One is supposed to go to the White House and the other supposedly leads to the Potomac. The tunnels are supposedly blocked up. Jim Brandon, on p. 58 of (his book) ‘WEIRD AMERICA’ (1978. E.P. Dutton & Co., N.Y.), added that the tunnels built by Dr. Thornton were only part of a much older and larger tunnel network constructed by colonists from Atlantis. Unfortunately his sources were two unidentified psychics, so this must be a fascinating rumor.” This would depend upon whether these “revelations” were received by these psychics via “occult” means, in which case they should be viewed with great suspicion, or whether they based their claims on actual physical accounts. However, Richard Toronto, editor of SHAVERTRON, claimed that some years ago as a result of a printed request for information on subterranean anomalies, a scientist contacted him offering a 10-page report on a system of tunnels he had personally investigated beneath Washington D.C. He stated that the tunnels were built by a very ancient race, and that the walls consisted of a diamond-hard, glassy or glaze-like substance. As far as we know, Mr. Toronto never did actually get his hands on the report. Another incident (or rather a few incidents which should be of interest to us) was related in Eric Norman’s book ‘THE UNDERPEOPLE’ (1969., Award Books., N.Y.). First of all, Norman asks the question: “Who lives in the inner earth?” “’...The Masters live there, a friendly group who watch over the outer world.’ “...Still others tremble at the question. ‘The DERO dwells within!’ they say. A squat, wiry tribe of lustful demons, the DERO plagues mankind and delights in tormenting those who live on the surface. “’They (the Under-People) are vegetarians,’ claims some researchers. “’They are cannibals!’ swear others. ‘Humans are kidnapped and dragged into their dark caverns for pagan feasts.’ “’They are good!’ “’They are evil...’ “’...They are both good and evil. Different races live inside the earth!’
Slide 108: “’...They are more advanced. They are sexless. They reproduce by test tube.’ “’...Nubile young girls are dragged into their nether world and assaulted by an evil tribe of animal-men.’ “The theories are many and, admittedly, the facts are often few. Frequently, we must depend on folklore and ancient scrolls for our research. Many of our ancestors were believers in the diverse tribes of inner earth and there are accurate statements, detailed information and considerable documentation to support their theories... “Depending on your viewpoint and your bias toward the occult, the pages that follow can be interpreted in many different ways. A psychologically trained individual might feel that these are excellent case studies of individuals with severe psychopathologies. Freudians would find rich symbolism in the hollow earth theory; they might claim it is a manifestation of a desire to recapture the lost security of the womb. Still others may feel the theory is constructed on misinterpretation of natural phenomena... “It was a cold, blustery, winter evening of December 27, 1666, when Dr. Jophn Frederick Schweitzer entertained his remarkable visitor. Throughout Europe, noblemen and peasants were celebrating Christmas and the good doctor utilized his vacation to conduct a vast number of experiments in his laboratory. Soon, the results of those experiments would be carefully scribbled into a large journal and sent to alchemists throughout Europe. It was Dr. Schweitzer’s secret that he was also known as ‘Helvetius the Alchemist.’ “’Helvetius’ was puttering in his laboratory, cleaning instruments after a long series of experiments, when a loud knock sounded on the door. ‘I opened the door and this strange man walked into my workshop,’ Helvetius recorded later. ‘He was a sturdy, gray-haired man, but there was a slimness to his body and a vigor in his movement. His face was oddly warm and friendly.’ “The stranger walked confidently into the laboratory. He shook the folds of his white robe and snowflakes fell to the floor. He looked directly at Helvetius and asked, ‘Do you believe in the Philosopher’s Stone?’ “Helvetius suppressed an impulse to ridicule the bizarre costume worn by the stranger. ‘The philosopher’s stone is a mere figment of alchemical overimagination,’ he said, arrogantly. ‘I believe in the oneness of nature. There is a natural pattern to the universe. It is sheer fancy to believe base metals can be transmuted into precious gold. Some alchemists have excluded mysticism from their laboratory. In this room, the reality of the soul and spirit exists with facts.’ “The stranger smiled and took a small package from under his robe. ‘Others of your kind are not so skeptical,’ he explained. ‘They have seen this substance turn lead into gold. Perhaps you would like to try.’ “Helvetius accepted the package from the stranger. Later, he described its contents as ‘some form of glass, or a pale sulfurous substance.’ The stranger carefully instructed the skeptical alchemist in the relatively simple experiment. Plain, ordinary lead was placed in a crucible and melted to a bubbling mass. “’Encase the substance in fine yellow wax and toss it into the crucible,’ directed the stranger.
Slide 109: “Helvetius followed the instructions and, as steam and vapor disappeared from the container, he watched, incredulous, as the lead seemingly was transformed into the purest of gold. “’A skeptic becomes a believer,’ the stranger remarked, smiling. “Helvetius looked as if he were about to argue, then turned suddenly and slumped into a chair. ‘Is it really gold?’ he whispered hoarsely. “’The purest form of the metal.’ “’Who are you?’ “’A man who directs those who lead their people.’ “’Where are you from?’ “’I am one who dwells within the earth,’ the stranger replied. ‘When events make it necessary, we must come to the surface.’ “Helvetius stuttered with confusion, his tongue stumbling over the questions racing through his mind as his white robed visitor prepared to leave the laboratory. ‘Stay...Wait!...I want to know...’ he mumbled. “’There are others to see,’ the stranger said. ‘Here is one more package of the substance. It is the real Philosopher’s Stone.’ Then he opened the door and disappeared into the darkness. “Helvetius dashed to the open doorway and watched the cloak-shrouded figure disappear into the snow-storm. He shook his head in disbelief and looked again. There was the lane leading down to the town. There were the lights in the church, the houses, the town - and the stranger’s tracks in the snow. “Helvetius conducted his second experiment that night. Again, the lead bubbled with golden fury when the substance was added to the crucible. Forgetting his lack of sleep, Helvetius was waiting at the shop of the goldsmith to the Duke of Orange when the craftsman opened his door. The goldsmith listened to the babbling alchemist and frowned when he heard the phrase ‘lead into gold.’ But, when the goldsmith examined the precious metal, he said solemnly, ‘It is the finest gold I have ever seen.’ “News of the sensational transformation spread throughout Europe and scores of famous men journeyed to Helvetius’ laboratory. Baruch Spinoza, the Dutch philosopher, was one of the first visitors. He discussed the transmutation with Helvetius and the goldsmith. ‘I checked the laboratory, and, additionally, made a careful examination of the crucible,’ Spinoza later recorded. ‘Clinging to the sides of the container were flecks of remaining gold!’” “...Is the transmutation of lead into gold an idle dream of demented and reclusive chemists? Not according to King Henry IV of England. In 1404, His Royal Highness decreed: ‘From now on, no man shall, under the penalty of felony, or death, multiply gold or silver.’” Eric Norman described yet another visitor from “within the earth”. This fellow however seemed to be more interested in the process involved in transforming grapes into wine, rather than lead into gold. If this doesn’t seem to make sense, read on: “Pepin the Short, the pint-sized father of Emperor Charlemagne, was the founder
Slide 110: of the Brunia Monastery in the fabled Trier region of ancient Prussia. In A.D. 1138, a strange series of events culminated in an unusual visitation by a bizarre little man. “There had been several nocturnal visitations to the monastery’s wine cellar and its steward voiced his suspicions to the abbot: ‘The monks are slipping into the wine cellar and sampling the casks.’ “The abbot frowned at the thought of a possible scandal and asked, ‘When did this begin?’ “’It’s been going on for several months. I didn’t mind it when they only took a cup or two,’ explained the embarrassed monk. ‘Last night, the culprit tapped a huge cask and forgot to stop the bunghole. A whole keg of wine drained out onto the cellar floor.’ “The abbot hurried to the cellar, inspected the damage, then carefully tapped the bunghole in each of the huge casks. He anointed the cellar with holy water, securely locked the door and placed a saint’s relic above the entrance, declaring, ‘None of our monks would dare transgress against the power of the Cross.’ “The following morning, a sleepy-eyed abbot unlocked the cellar door and squinted into the dim room. Followed by a group of curious monks, the abbot discovered that another keg of wine had been tapped; the floor was covered with the rich, red liquid. Suddenly, the abbot spotted movement in the dark shadows in the far corner of the cellar. ‘There’s the thief,’ he shouted. ‘Grab the transgressor and prepare him for punishment!’ “Two burly monks rushed forward and grabbed the shadowy figure. They carried the struggling thief into the light and the abbot stared in wonder at a dark-skinned dwarf, who glared back in impassive silence. “’Are you a Nubian? How did you get in our wine cellar?’ inquired the abbot. “The strange little man would not speak. “’Do you have parents?’ the abbot asked. “’Here! Here! This fellow got in through the wall,’ called a monk, pointing to a displaced stone that covered a small tunnel leading down into the earth. The bewildered monks crowded around the secret tunnel as one quaking novice suggested the tunnel must lead to the Devil’s lair. An older monk spoke knowingly of subterranean demons who delighted in tormenting those who had taken the vows. “Despite his crime, the captured dwarf was accepted into the society of holy men. ‘He looks human and the least we can do is provide the poor child with a Christian education,’ the abbot said. But, in spite of the kindness showed him by the monks, the dwarf refused to utter a single word. He sat quietly on the bed in a cross-legged position, staring directly ahead and refusing all food and drink. After several weeks of fasting, the monastery dwellers were concerned for the life of their visitor and a visiting bishop was asked for his advice as the dwarf was brought into the great hall and introduced to him. “’Good Lord! You must expel this Devil’s child at once!’ the alarmed bishop shouted. ‘He is a demon and the tool of the devil!’ “Gervase, a monk at Christ Church, Canterbury, England, later inscribed this
Slide 111: strange ending to the dwarf’s appearance in his manuscript: ‘...The demon ran in alarm from the holy words. He went to the cellar and returned to his underworld tribe!’ “The monastic scribes produced hundreds of manuscripts with stories of visits from demons, evil apparitions and other ‘devils’ from the vast subterranean world. They were adamant in their belief that a nether world, an underworld, existed beneath the surface. Many of these manuscripts told of long tunnels and deep caves that led down to the inner world (Note: Although the various accounts of demonology suggest that ‘demons’ or nonphysical malevolent entities are seemingly capable of appearing in para-physical or semi-solid forms temporarily, there is no real proof that the entity just described was such a creature. Since the various accounts suggest that both good and evil beings reside in the ‘underworld’, he may well have been part of an ancient branch of the human race who disappeared into the cavernous regions below the surface of the earth. Since black pygmies live in abundance in Africa we should not consider this individual to be entirely “alien” from any race now living on the surface - Branton). “A thirteenth-century historian, Saxo-Gammaticus, wrote down the folklore and myths of Scandinavia. He recorded the ancient VIKING belief in ‘Hadding Land,’ a subterranean world where GIANTS, superhumans, TRIBES OF BLACK DWARFS and ‘SNAKE PEOPLE’ lived. These strange beings, and even stranger animals, were said to occasionally surface in the outer world and create chaos. The (Roman) church was violently opposed to these beliefs and condemned such theories as ‘ignorant superstitions.’ Gradually, such tales lost their element of fact and truth and became a part of the folklore of northern Europe. “In Vol. 1, No. 6 of the NEWSLETTER FOR THE COMMITTEE FOR THE SCIENTIFIC EVALUATION OF PSI, there is a fascinating account of a laborer in Staffordshire, England, who may have glimpsed, for a moment, the mechanical development of the aliens within the inner earth. Researcher Ronald Calais told of a tunnel laborer, digging underground in 1770, who heard a roaring sound behind a large, flat stone. Curious, he pried away the stone with pick and crowbar and was amazed to see a smooth stone stairway leading down into the earth. The laborer’s first thought was that he had discovered some type of ancient tomb. Envisioning vast chests of ancient treasures, he cautiously walked down the stairs. Suddenly, the stairway ended and the man was standing in a large stone cavern, filled with gigantic machines. The astonished laborer glanced about the well-lit room, then saw hastening toward him a strangely-clad, hooded figure. The being held a baton-like object in his upraised hand and the terrified laborer scrambled back up the stairway to safety.” (Note: Other accounts have referred to this chamber as the ‘Rosicrucian Sepulchre’, although the Rosicrucians may not have had a direct connection with it. It is uncertain just what connections the Rosicrucians may have had with the inner world, if any, other than this incident, the Rosicrucian Grandmaster Bulwer Lytton’s publication of the subterranean-oriented book ‘THE COMING RACE’, the preoccupation of the Rosicrucians with the strange stories surrounding Mt. Shasta, and the connection of this secret society with the ‘House of the Temple’ in Washington D.C. - Branton)
Slide 112: In his book, ‘DEPTHS OF THE EARTH - Caves and Caverns of the United States’ - (Harper & Row., N. Y.), William R. Halliday gives some interesting observations on caverns of northern Arizona’s Coconino Plateau region: “...Those who dream of Butler Cave as potentially the world’s largest, however, must hasten. The explorers of Mammoth Cave and Flint Ridge - and of Jewel Cave - are not the only teams on the verge of a breakthrough. MissouriTennessee-few of our greatest cave areas today can be denied a flickering chance at the title. And for those who dream of long shots indeed, our most magnificent cave area beckons irresistibly: the Grand Canyon. “Perhaps in the purple shadows of the incomparable canyon there really is no chance for a truly great cave system. So believe some experts. Perhaps our hopes here are gossamer dreams, strung together with wishful thinking. Here I claim no impartial judgment. My mind is hopelessly influenced by the long intimacy with the timeless beauty of that tranquil canyon. I have seen its magic pastels at moonrise over the mile-high rim, suddenly dramatized by the weirdly luminous flutter of bat wings. No caver brushed by such a spell is ever the same again. “In this strange, magnificent country, much remains to be learned. Sinking streams, an occasional natural shaft, and plateau-top sink-holes tell of much more water vanishing underground than reappears in canyon-bottom springs. Miles to the south, enormous sinks and remnants of a throughway type of cave are evidence of sometime profuse subterranean water flow. Fanning out from both rims of the mile-deep canyon are vast plateaus capped with limestone 500 feet thick. Yet caves seem few and tiny in these vast expanses of plateau-top limestone. “The other massive limestones of the incomparable canyon lie 2,000 (feet) below. Above them are 1,500 feet of sandstone and shales which ought to block the downward flow of the water essential for cave development. Yet at this great depth occur the caves of the Grand Canyon. In the blazing, rock-tiered canyon, foot travel is difficult and progress slow. Still, cave after cave is coming to carbide light in the purple-shadowed depths. Some are merely shallow alcoves, important only for archeological content. Others are colossal natural sewers, dwarfed only by their stupendous environs. “Yet it is this often-scorned limestone of the plateaus which speeds the pulses of American caverns. Just south of the Grand Canyon, fluorescent chemicals introduced into a sucking ‘earth crack’ of the Coconino Plateau have been traced to a ‘breathing well’ 24 miles away. Initial calculations somewhat like those of Jewel cave suggest a minimum air volume here of more than 7 BILLION CUBIC FEET. Scientists of the famed RAND CORPORATION suspect the presence of hundreds of miles of narrow, interconnected caverns fissuring the vast plateau. “Many a veteran caver may consider such a cavern system impossible. Perhaps it is, but Arizona caverns have already performed the impossible. In Sipapu Cavern, an earth crack near the Rand Corporation study site, they have descended 500 feet toward the massive cavernous limestone deep below. In this locale the surface limestone is only 248 feet thick. Half of their descent was through supposedly non-cavernous sandstone. “If one of the rare dome-pits of the Kaibab Plateau intersects a washed-out section of a fault zone draining to a North Rim stream cave, a depth record will be within reach. Geologically such a circumstance is hardly more than a pipe dream of an irrepressible caver overcome by the magnificence of the Grand
Slide 113: Canyon. But it may happen. “Perhaps eager caverns plumbing the earth cracks of the Coconino Plateau have little more chance than beneath the Kaibab. But if those caverns can penetrate twice again as deeply as Sipapu Cavern, they will begin to enter the limestone where great sewer caves may lie. If such do exist, they may enlarge away from the great canyon rather than toward it. They may not exist at all. Yet a cavernous network dwarfing that of Mammoth and Flint ridges may be penetrable here. Some day obsessed caverns may break through the Coconino sandstone barrier and the shales which underlie it. If that happens, those who follow in their footsteps may emerge triumphant from obscure orifices deep in the heart of the Grand Canyon. “Even without such a triumph, even without knowledge of the hundreds of undiscovered caves which must exist hidden in limestone recesses of the mighty terraced depths, the Grand Canyon must be recognized as one of America’s great cave areas. To some, that recognition alone would be achievement. Yet sunbaked canyon caverns have much in common with their Appalachian fellows. Until every crack is penetrated, every hole plumbed, spelunkers and speleologists alike will remain unsatisfied. Fragile indeed are the spelean threads which weave together Sipapu Cavern and Butler Cave, yet such are caverns’ secret dreams.” Brad Steiger, in his book ‘STRANGE DISAPPEARANCES’ (Lancer Books., N.Y. 1972) related the following (MIB-related?) incident: “...at sundown on February 12, 1953, witnesses told police that they had watched an automobile enter the throat of a storm drain near Willowbrook and Greenleaf Avenues in Los Angeles. Officers arrived on the scene within ten minutes, and according to the Los Angeles HERALD AND EXPRESS, they followed the fresh tire-tread marks into the tunnel for seven miles. Other policemen and flood control district workers continued the search for the automobile by dropping through manhole covers. “The trackdown continued until midnight when, seven miles up the storm drain, THE TRACKS VANISHED. ‘HERALD AND EXPRESS’ newsmen who had accompanied the police on the incredible search up the tube were witnesses to the fact that: ‘In the muddy silt covering the floor of the drain, the tire-tread marks were sharp and fresh. Then no more tracks.’” From here we will now examine another incident, this one involving a subterranean excavation in southern Idaho. The letter which we quote here was submitted by a George Haycock of Burley, Idaho, and appeared in the Oct. 1947 issue of ‘AMAZING STORIES’ science fiction/science fact magazine, pp. 174-175: “Sirs... Perhaps I have delayed over-long to send you my slight contribution to the master code. Why? I was still afraid there might be some slip that would put me in a bad spot. I am a druggist in this town and any trace of nut’s talk would ruin my job. I have been waiting for the issue which just hit the newsstand and agree with you completely. “There is in this area an artifact which seems to prove all you have printed about the cavern dwellers. First I want to ask a question. How are the caverns ventilated? There is no vegetation to purify the air in caves (i.e. small caverns, that is - Branton). Therefore there must be some connection with the surface. I know where one of the air shafts reach the surface. “My grandfather was raised with the Indians in this section of the country and has
Slide 114: told me of the stories he heard when he was a child. The Indians describe the wind cave as it is called around here as the home of the devils who come forth in the dead of the night to steal their women and food. No Indian will venture within the area inside of five miles of the cave. “Perhaps a description of the inside will make my meaning more clear. The entrance is just a hole in the rocks, but after getting inside you come into a foursquare tunnel about three and one half feet square with a six-inch gutter along the west side, about 10 inches deep. The tunnel is intact for about 100 yards and then opens into what looks like it might have been at one time a completely ROUND or half-round passageway which now looks like the solid lava which it goes through has been chipped and crumbled by extreme heat. It is possible to travel for about half a mile inside before the tunnel becomes obstructed too much for a man to get through. “I have been trying to get some one who would help me clear this obstruction enough to get through and several have agreed but when we get there and start to work they soon give up and want to get out. Another funny thing is that every time I go back the work done before does not show, yet there is not evidence of fresh falls of rock from the ceiling. At this point the feeling that you’re in mortal danger becomes almost overpowering, after battling this feeling for an hour I feel as weak as if I had been sick for weeks and I have made this attempt many times. “The opening has been dynamited at least four times that I know of. Supposedly to kill rattlesnakes, yet I have never seen one either in the mouth of the cave or inside. “In fact my experience with snakes leads me to believe they would never brave the cold blast that comes out. “Still the feeling of distrust and fear clings and none of the natives will consider exploring this artifact which could be made the biggest tourist attraction in this part of the state - if people were just not afraid to go down in there. “This covers the known facts about this cave: yet since I can remember I have dreamed, thought and considered many of the things Shaver talks about in his stories, mostly those pertaining to mind control... “Please ignore the mistakes and misspelled words in this letter. Ordinarily I am a good typist and a good speller, but when I try to put these things on paper I cannot hit the key I want to. “Please notice that the mistakes and misspelled words are mostly where I try to describe the caves and conditions inside them. These happen even when I try to watch every stroke I make. I have recopied this letter three times trying to eliminate the errors and still they crop up in the same sections if not in the same words. “I am willing to discuss what I know with any one who won’t believe I am crazy, and would like to find some one who has the intestinal fortitude to help me clear the obstruction to the major cavern with which it connects which I know extends to the depth of 30,000 feet because it has been drilled into and that much cable let out without hitting anything to drill in and I will show anyone who is interested the entire set up. “My grandfather is now dead unfortunately so he cannot verify the Indian stories
Slide 115: mentioned, but if Mr. Hansen is as familiar with Indian legends as he claims and really desires the truth have him work with the Shoshones and the Blackfeet. Consider their tales of the demons who work this countryside... “Write me if you’re interested in these legends and any knowledge I have is yours. “George Haycock., c/o Thriftway Drug., Main and Overland., Burley, Idaho.” Raymond Palmer’s editorial reply to this letter was as follows: “We’re sure that members of the CHMBS (Cave Hunters Mutual Benefit Society) will contact you, and they won’t consider you crazy. We hope you can tell them more about this cave, and show it to them. As for the depth of 30,000 feet, letting a cable, or string, down that depth tells nothing, because it might be going down only a few hundred feet, then simply coiling up on the floor, as the weight of the string would make it impossible for you to tell when it had hit the floor... - Ed.” This account as given by Mr. Haycock is strange to say the least, however it may contain an significant piece of the puzzle whereas the overall subterranean scenario is concerned. Two more postscripts to the George Haycock - Burley, Idaho account have surfaced. The first came from a man by the name of Frank W. Haigler, and a Sgt. Brentlinger who was at the time stationed at Hill Air Force Base near Salt Lake City, Utah. Mr. Haigler had told of his own investigations in connection with Mr. Haycock’s letter in ‘AMAZING STORIES’. This letter of confirmation, which appeared in the Jan. 1948 (Vol. 22, No. 1) issue, stated: “Sirs... If you file your correspondence, you will find a letter there from this writer which was written in the early part of this year, advising you of reading my first AMAZING STORIES magazine and of my interest in the mystery of the caves, especially the articles by Mr. Shaver. I haven’t missed a copy of A. S. since then and interest in the mystery of the caves has grown until you may class me as an unofficial member of the CHMBS. In fact, the purpose of this letter is to inform you of a recent expedition to one of the caves for an investigation. “For you and those interested in the ‘air shaft’ near Burley, Idaho, reported by Mr. George Haycock, whose letter was published in the October issue of AMAZING STORIES, this is to verify the truth of this cave. “M/Sgt. Brentlinger (a Shaver fan), stationed at Hill Field, Utah, and myself made a trip to Burley over the weekend of the 17th of August to ascertain the authenticity of both Mr. Haycock and the cave. We had no trouble locating this gentleman and after explaining the purpose of our mission he quite readily agreed to show us to the cave and to guide us through, providing it was still possible to enter. The entrance had been blasted since he was last in the cave, he explained. “We drove about six miles west of town, then turned off the highway onto a little road leading through the desert sagebrush. Oddly enough, this road was well worn and seemed to be much used although there is no apparent reason for so much traffic. We failed to see any other cars either on the way in or out. “Even though he had been in the cave many times and to the entrance as recently as three days prior to this trip, Mr. Haycock, strangely, had difficulty in locating the spot and we stopped twice to look before we finally found it about a mile from the highway. “The entrance was located in the center of a shallow circular depression. The surrounding terrain was nothing but sand and sagebrush but jammed in around
Slide 116: the opening were several large boulders. We found there was still a small hole running down through the boulders and Mr. Haycock thought it still possible for us to make entrance. With some violent maneuvering we did manage to squeeze through and we followed Mr. Haycock to the floor of the cavern. Then, crawling, kneeling and sometimes walking, we were led back through the cave for approximately one-quarter of a mile. “The cavern was cut through what appeared to be lava rock. Walls and ceiling are badly fallen-in in many places but there is enough intact yet to give the general appearance that the cave was at one time square. In certain spots the walls and ceiling are perfectly flat. Then, too, we noticed one small chamber to one side of the main passage that is square-cut except for one end which is cupped out. “There are numerous small passages leading off to the side of the main path, which Mr. Haycock said lead to dead ends, IN the ones he has explored. “After seeing enough to convince us of the truth of Mr. Haycock’s story, it was decided to turn back and not to continue inward to the impassable obstruction Mr. Haycock mentioned in his letter. To have gone that far more equipment would have been required. We had nothing but two flashlights, both being used continuously. Where we turned back is approximately half-way to the obstruction. “We failed to feel or hear the icy wind that is said to blow from the shaft most of the time. However, Mr. Haycock explained that it did become quiet occasionally, as we found it that day. “At present another trip is planned to the cave. This time there will be seven or eight of us and we plan to take the proper equipment and enough provisions to do some serious work at clearing away the obstruction. It is desired by all to learn what, if anything, might lie further on beyond this obstruction. But, if there is nothing but more cave it will at least be an interesting adventure that will be enjoyed and remembered by all! “Now for the information on two other caves this writer knows of which might merit investigation. The first is in the Smoky mountains of North Carolina in the Nantahalie(?) Gorge. It is called ‘The Blowing Springs’ and is easily reached from the highway. The cave has an icy blast of air and a cold stream flowing from it continuously, from which it got its name. It is not known by the writer whether anyone has ever entered the cave or if this is possible, but there are many that have been to the entrance to look in. “The second is called ‘The Devil’s Well’ and is located in the ‘Hole-In-Ground’ near Pine City, Washington. The cave is very round and approximately five feet in diameter. People are known to be afraid to enter the cave due to the rumor that it is a rattlesnake den. It would be interesting to learn if there is any truth to the rattlesnakes and why it is named ‘The Devil’s Well,’ and by whom!.” “Frank W. Haigler., Box 18, Apt. F-12., Sahara Valley, Utah.” Another postscript to this account appeared in the form of an article which was written by one ‘Galahadian’ for the ESOTERIC WORLD NEWS in the mid-1980’s. ‘Galahadian’ allegedly knew Mr. Haycock years ago, and revealed that his story had a sad and tragic ending. Haycock, it seemed, had received an unmarked letter or package in his mailbox one day with a message warning him to cease and desist in his investigations of the tunnel. Mr. Haycock had apparently ignored the warning and continued in his investigations, and according to Galahadian a few days afterwards he was found strangled to death in his house.
Slide 117: What kind of secret would be so important that it was worth killing a human life in order to hide it? Certainly, this is not the only one who has died mysteriously after investigating underground phenomena. In fact dozens, perhaps hundreds (or more?) have met with the same tragic fate, after getting to close to the “Horrible Truth”. We would ask the readers however not to get the impression that EVERY subterranean area is irreparably under the control of the evil one and the powers of darkness. As we will reveal in our next file there are many regions inhabited by human beings who, although they may not have established an absolutely “perfect” society, nevertheless are far safer than the underground lairs of the serpent races. The simple fact that these writings TARGET the reptilian conspiracy as it concerns or as it is taking place in and around this small planet lost among billions of stars in a galaxy which is just one of billions within a seemingly immeasurable universe, might lead one to accept a mistaken and paranoid if not hopeless view of reality. Believe us, this is not the case. The perfect and incorruptible realm of the Almighty is infinitely more vast than the material universe which it surrounds. Good WILL overcome evil in the end, that is not the question. The question is: how many souls will or will not be saved from the conspiracies of darkness before the ultimate victory comes? With this in mind, let’s return to the disturbing although very real possibility that many have lost their lives because they knew too much about the draconian activities taking place beneath the surface of this planet (and beyond). One contact of ours has informed us that a good friend of hers in Las Vegas, Nevada, had uncovered some very disturbing facts and testimonies concerning construction workers and others who had been involved in the installation of certain equipment within the tunnels beneath the Nevada Military Complex, etc., many of whom later died under bizarre circumstances. This informant, Stacy Borland, was later found dead - along with a brother of hers - in Las Vegas. Someone had apparently entered her place and murdered them in cold blood. We smell a rat in this case (or, should we say A SNAKE?), and in fact our contact is convinced that it was the work of an assassin, and that she was killed because she knew too much. Return to Cosmic Conflict Return to Underground Anomalous Constructions
Slide 118: 1996 from ThinkAboutIt Website Introduction Few Americans - indeed, few Congressional reps - are aware of the existence of Mount Weather, a mysterious underground military base carved deep inside a mountain near the sleepy rural town of Bluemont, Virginia, just 46 miles from Washington DC. Mount Weather - also known as the Western Virginia Office of Controlled Conflict Operations - is buried not just in hard granite, but in secrecy as well. In March, 1976, The Progressive Magazine published an astonishing article entitled "The Mysterious Mountain." The author, Richard Pollock, based his investigative report on Senate subcommittee hearings and upon "several off-the-record interviews with officials formerly associated with Mount Weather." His report, and a 1991 article in Time Magazine entitled "Doomsday Hideaway", supply a few compelling hints about what is going on underground. Ted Gup, writing for Time, describes the base as follows: "Mount Weather is a virtually self-contained facility. Aboveground, scattered across manicured lawns, are about a dozen buildings bristling with antennas and microwave relay systems. An on-site sewage-treatment plant, with a 90, 000 gal.-a-day capacity, and two tanks holding 250,000 gal. of water could last some 200 people more than a month; underground ponds hold additional water supplies. Not far from the installation’s entry gate are a control tower and a helicopter pad. The mountain’s real secrets are not visible at ground level." The mountain’s "real secrets" are protected by warning signs, 10 foot- high chain link fences, razor wire, and armed guards. Curious motorists and hikers on the Appalachian trail are relieved of their sketching pads and cameras and sent on their way. Security is tight. The government has owned the site since 1903; it has seen service as an artillery range, a hobo farm during the Depression, and a National Weather Bureau Facility. In 1936, the U.S. Bureau of Mines took control and started digging. Mount Weather is virtually an underground city, according to former personnel interviewed by Pollock. Buried deep inside the earth, Mount Weather was equipped with such amenities as (click image right): • private apartments and dormitories • streets and sidewalks • cafeterias and hospitals • a water purification system, power plant and general office buildings • a small lake fed by fresh water from underground springs • its own mass transit system • a TV communication system Mount Weather is the self-sustaining underground command center for the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). The facility is the operational center - the hub - of approximately 100 other Federal Relocation Centers, most of which are concentrated in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Virginia, Maryland and
Slide 119: North Carolina. Together this network of underground facilities constitutes the backbone of America’s "Continuity of Government" program. In the event of nuclear war, declaration of martial law, or other national emergency, the President, his cabinet and the rest of the Executive Branch would be "relocated" to Mount Weather. What Does Congress Know about Mount Weather? According to the Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights hearings in 1975, Congress has almost no knowledge and no oversight--budgetary or otherwise--on Mount Weather. Retired Air Force General Leslie W. Bray, in his testimony to the subcommittee, said, "I am not at liberty to describe precisely what is the role and the mission and the capability that we have at Mount Weather, or at any other precise location." Apparently, this underground capital of the United States is a secret only to Congress and the US taxpayers who paid for it. The Russians know about it, as reported in Time: "Few in the U.S. government will speak of it, though it is assumed that all along the Soviets have known both its precise location and its mission (unlike the Congress, since Bray wouldn’t tell); defense experts take it as a given that the site is on the Kremlin’s targeting maps." The Russians attempted to buy real estate right next door, as a "country estate" for their embassy folks, but that deal was dead-ended by the State Department. Mount Weather’s "Government-in-Waiting" Pollock’s report, based on his interviews with former officials at Mount Weather, contains astounding information on the base’s personnel. The underground city contains a parallel government-in-waiting: "High- level Governmental sources, speaking in the promise of strictest anonymity, told me [Pollock] that each of the Federal departments represented at Mount Weather is headed by a single person on whom is conferred the rank of a Cabinet-level official. Protocol even demands that subordinates address them as ’Mr. Secretary.’ Each of the Mount Weather ’Cabinet members’ is apparently appointed by the White House and serves an indefinite term ... many through several Administrations.... The facility attempts to duplicate the vital functions of the Executive branch of the Administration." Nine Federal departments are replicated within Mount Weather: • Agriculture • Commerce • Health, Education & Welfare • Housing & Urban Development • Interior; Labor; State • Transportation • Treasury As well as at least five Federal agencies: • Federal Communications Commission
Slide 120: • • • • Selective Service Federal Power Commission Civil Service Commission Veterans Administration The Federal Reserve and the U.S. Post Office, both private corporations, also have offices in Mount Weather. Pollock writes that the "cabinet members" are "apparently" appointed by the White House and serve an indefinite term, but that information cannot be confirmed, raising the further question of who holds the reins on this "back-up government." Furthermore, appointed Mount Weather officials hold their positions through several elected administrations, transcending the time their appointers spend in office. Unlike other presidential nominees, these appointments are made without the public advice or consent of the Senate. Is there an alternative President and Vice President as well? If so, who appoints them? Pollock says only this: "As might be expected, there is also an Office of the Presidency at Mount Weather. The Federal Preparedness Agency (precursor to FEMA) apparently appoints a special staff to the Presidential section, which regularly receives top secret national security estimates and raw data from each of the Federal departments and agencies." What Do They Do At Mount Weather? 1) Collect Data on American Citizens The Senate Subcommittee in 1975 learned that the, "facility held dossiers on at least 100,000 Americans. [Senator] John Tunney later alleged that the Mount Weather computers can obtain millions of pieces of additional information on the personal lives of American citizens simply by tapping the data stored at any of the other ninety-six Federal Relocation Centers." The subcommittee concluded that Mount Weather’s databases "operate with few, if any, safeguards or guidelines." 2) Store Necessary Information The Progressive article detailed that, "General Bray gave Tunney’s subcommittee a list of the categories of files maintained at Mount Weather: military installations, government facilities, communications, transportation, energy and power, agriculture, manufacturing, wholesale and retail services, manpower, financial, medical and educational institutions, sanitary facilities, population, housing shelter, and stockpiles." This massive database fits cleanly into Mount Weather’s ultimate purpose as the command center in the event of a national emergency.
Slide 121: 3) Play War Games This is the main daily activity of the approximately 240 people who work at Mount Weather. The games are intended to train the Mount Weather bureaucracy to managing a wide range of problems associated with both war and domestic political crises. (click image right) Decisions are made in the "Situation Room," the base’s nerve center, located in the core of Mount Weather. The Situation Room is the archetypal war room, with "charts, maps and whatever visuals may be needed" and "batteries of communications equipment connecting Mount Weather with the White House and ’Raven Rock’ - the underground Pentagon sixty miles north of Washington - as well as with almost every US military unit stationed around the globe," according to the Progressive article. "All internal communications are conducted by closed-circuit color television ... senior officers and ’Cabinet members’ have two consoles recessed in the walls of their office." Descriptions of the war games read a bit like a Ian Fleming novel. Every year there is a system-wide alert that "includes all military and civilian-run underground installations." The real, aboveground President and his Cabinet members are "relocated" to Mount Weather to observe the simulation. Post-mortems are conducted and the margins for error are calculated after the games. All the data is studied and documented. 4) Civil Crisis Management Mount Weather personnel study more than war scenarios. Domestic "crises" are also tracked and watched, and there have been times when Mount Weather almost swung into action, as Pollock reported: "Officials who were at Mount Weather during the 1960s say the complex was actually prepared to assume certain governmental powers at the time of the 1961 Cuban missile crisis and the assassination of President Kennedy in 1963. The installation used the tools of its ’Civil Crisis Management’ program on a standby basis during the 1967 and 1968 urban riots and during a number of national antiwar demonstrations, the sources said." In its 1974 Annual Report, the Federal Preparedness Agency (FPA) stated that, "Studies conducted at Mount Weather involve the control and management of domestic political unrest where there are material shortages (such as food riots) or in strike situations where the FPA determines that there are industrial disruptions and other domestic resource crises." The Mount Weather facility uses a vast array of resources to continually monitor the American people.
Slide 122: According to Daniel J. Cronin, former assistant director for the FPA, Reconnaissance satellites, local and state police intelligence reports, and Federal law enforcement agencies are just a few of the resources available to the FPA [now FEMA] for information gathering. "We try to monitor situations and get to them before they become emergencies," Cronin said. "No expense is spared in the monitoring program." 5) Maintain and Update the "Survivors List" Using all the data generated by the war games and domestic crisis scenarios, the facility continually maintains and updates a list of names and addresses of people deemed to be "vital" to the survival of the nation, or who can "assist essential and non-interruptible services." In the 1976 article, the "survivors list" contained 6,500 names, but even that was deemed to be low. 6) Who Pays for All This, and How Much? At the same time tens of millions of dollars were being spent on maintaining and upgrading the complex to protect several hundred designated officials in the event of nuclear attack, the US government drastically reduced its emphasis on war preparedness for US citizens. A 1989 FEMA brochure entitled "Are You Prepared?" suggests that citizens construct makeshift fallout shelters using use furniture, books, and other common household items. Officially, Mount Weather (and its budget) does not exist. FEMA refuses to answer inquiries about the facility; as FEMA spokesman Bob Blair told Time magazine, "I’ll be glad to tell you all about it, but I’d have to kill you afterward." We don’t know how much Mount Weather has cost over the years, but of course, American taxpayers bear this burden as well. A Christian Science Monitor article entitled "Study Reveals US Has Spent $4 Trillion on Nukes Since ’45" reports that, "The government devoted at least $12 billion to civil defense projects to protect the population from nuclear attack. But billions of dollars more were secretly spent on vast underground complexes from which civilian and military officials would run the government during a nuclear war." Mount Weather’s Russian Twin by Patricia Neill Matrix Editor On April 16, 1996, the New York Times reported on a mysterious military base being constructed in Russia: "In a secret project reminiscent of the chilliest days of the Cold War, Russia is building a mammoth underground military complex in the Ural Mountains, Western officials and Russian witnesses say. Hidden inside Yamantau mountain in the Beloretsk area of the southern Urals, the project involved the creation of a huge complex, served by a railroad, a
Slide 123: highway, and thousands of workers." The New York Times article quotes Russian officials describing the underground compound variously as a mining site, a repository for Russian treasures, a food storage area, and a bunker for Russia’s leaders in case of nuclear war. It would seem that the Russian Parliament knows as little about Russian underground bases as the Congress knows about Mount Weather in the United States. "The (Russian) Defense Ministry declined to say whether Parliament has been informed about the details of the project, like its purpose and cost, saying only that it receives necessary military information," according to the New York Times. "We can’t say with confidence what the purpose is, and the Russians are not very interested in having us go in there," a senior American official said in Washington. "It is being built on a huge scale and involves a major investment of resources. The investments are being made at a time when the Russians are complaining they do not have the resources to do things pertaining to arms control." Where’s the Money Coming From? The construction of the vast underground complex in Russia may very well become a cause of concern to the Clinton Administration. The issue of ultimate purpose for the complex, whether defensive (as with Mount Weather) or offensive (such as an underground weapons factory) is not the only issue Mr. Clinton has to worry about. The real cause for concern is that the US is currently sending hundreds of millions of dollars to Russia, supposedly to help that country dismantle old nuclear weapons. Meanwhile, the Russian parliament has been complaining to Yeltsin that it cannot pay $250 million in back wages owed to its workers at the same time that it is spending money to comply with new strategic arms reduction treaties. Aviation Week and Space Technology reported that, "It seems the nearly $30 billion a year spent on intelligence hasn’t answered the question of what the Russians are up to at Yamantau Mountain in the Urals. The huge underground complex being built there has been the object of U.S. interest since 1992. ’We don’t know exactly what it is,’ says Ashton Carter, the Pentagon’s international security mogul. The facility is not operational, and the Russians have offered ’nonspecific reassurances’ that it poses no threat to the U.S." U.S. law states that the Administration must certify to Congress that any money sent to Russia is used to disarm its nuclear weapons. However, is that the case? If the Russian parliament is complaining of a shortage of funds for nuclear disarmament, then how can Russia afford to build the Yamantau complex? Are the Russians building an underground city akin to Mount Weather with American taxpayer’s money? Could American funds be subsidizing a Russian weapons factory? Hopefully Congress will get a firm answer to these questions before authorizing further funding to Russian military projects. What is Mount Weather’s Ultimate Purpose?
Slide 124: We have seen that Mount Weather contains an unelected, parallel "government-in-waiting" ready to take control of the United States upon word from the President or his successor. The facility contains a massive database of information on U.S. citizens which is operated with no safeguards or accountability. Ostensibly, this expensive hub of America’s network of sub-terran bases was designed to preserve our form of government during a nuclear holocaust. But Mount Weather is not simply a Cold War holdover. Information on command and control strategies during national emergencies have largely been withheld from the American public. Executive Order 11051, signed by President Kennedy on October 2, 1962, states that, "national preparedness must be achieved... as may be required to deal with increases in international tension with limited war, or with general war including attack upon the United States." However, Executive Order 11490, drafted by Gen. George A Lincoln (former director for the Office of Emergency Preparedness, the FPA’s predecessor) and signed by President Nixon in October 1969, tells a different story. EO 11490, which superseded Kennedy’s EO 11051, begins, "Whereas our national security is dependent upon our ability to assure continuity of government, at every level, in any national emergency type situation that might conceivably confront the nation..." As researcher William Cooper points out, Nixon’s order makes no reference to "war," "imminent attack," or "general war." These quantifiers are replaced by an extremely vague "national emergency type situation" that "might conceivably" interfere with the workings of the national power structure. Furthermore, there is no publicly known Executive Order outlining the restoration of the Constitution after a national emergency has ended. Unless the parallel government at Mount Weather does not decide out of the goodness of its heart to return power to Constitutional authority, the United States could experience an honest-to-God coup d’etat posing as a national emergency. Like the enigmatic Area 51 in Nevada, the Federal government wants to keep the Mount Weather facility buried in secrecy. Public awareness of this place and its purpose would raise serious questions about who holds the reins of power in this country. The Constitution states that those reins lie in the hands of the people, but the very existence of Mount Weather indicates an entirely different reality. As long as Mount Weather exists, these questions will remain. Return to Underground Constructions Return to FEMA
Slide 125: Oslo, Norway February 2008 from ProjectCamelot Website Leo Lyon Zagami, ex-member of the Comitato Esecutivo Massonico - the Masonic Executive Committee - of Monte Carlo, was, until recently, a high level member of the Italian Illuminati. He is a 33rd degree Freemason, and a senior member of the infamous P2 Lodge. He was the 'Prince': prepared to take over after the older Illuminati 'King', Licio Gelli. He was born of a Scottish-Sicilian Illuminati aristocratic bloodline, and so has been involved in the Illuminati Order since childhood. Disgusted with satanic black magic rituals, and with the true intentions of those who regard themselves as the elite controllers of the planet, he has now made the commitment to tell the real story of those who seek to rule us all without our consent. Quick, intelligent, likeable, passionate, and with a huge amount of information at his fingertips about the inside workings of the Powers that Be, Leo welcomed us into his house in Oslo, Norway, where he lives in what might be called exile. In our two hour interview we were barely able to scratch the surface of everything he knows, and what we present is a summary for those unfamiliar with the labyrinthine details of one of the most important stories of our time. However, he seems to have paid a price for talking to us on camera. Days after our interview, his wife Fatma Süslü, of Turkish descent but an aspiring Norwegian politician, left him accusing us at Project Camelot, in the process, of being agents. Immediately after her departure he was temporarily imprisoned and his cellphone and computers were confiscated by the police. He intends to leave Norway for safer shores as soon as he can make the arrangements. For more details on what has recently occurred, Leo copied us these letters he wrote to Greg
Slide 126: Szymanski and Henry Makow (below inserts) on 8 and 13 March respectively. http://projectcamelot.org/zagami_szymanski.html Leo Zagami Greg Szymanski 8 March 2008 Dear Greg, After the recent events unfortunately I'm not feeling too well. It has been the worst experience in my life. First I get abandoned by my wife who leaves me on the 23rd of February taking also my only son away from me after stating that I was becoming a problem for the interreligious dialogue of the Methuselah Gulen Movement and I wasn't a good Muslim for her. Then she also said that my dangerous stand against the Vatican driven New World Order was damaging the possibility of her return into politics in Norway, later after she left she even written in a SMS message that she could finally work with Giorgio Hugo Balestrieri and Ezio Giunchiglia of the P2. I was basically completely shocked about the situation but my alarm bells should have been ringing from the moment I saw coming into the picture in May 2007 this strange Jesuit called Thomas Michel SJ at a Gulen Movement event dedicated to Sufi mystic Rumi arranged by Muslim Illuminati Kemaletin Süslü, one of the brothers of my wife. After that I started criticizing the Gulen movement and their New World Order position close to the Jesuits, a move that made me increasingly unpopular with my wife Fatma Süslü that started to say to me that I should stop immediately my Illuminati Confessions website on the net and convert to a strict and more fundamentalist view of Islam otherwise she will leave me. T hat was obviously a brainwashing imposition for me and I couldn't accept such a proposal and on the 23rd of February 2008 she eventually left. Initially I was sad, but she promised to show me our child and that I shouldn't worry about this difficult moment. But the following Monday my lawyer calls me and tells me she went to the police and has moved charges of domestic violence against me and she has no intention of showing me my son Isak Rumi Zagami ever again. I soon realized that she had been completely brainwashed against me by the Jesuit friendly Gulen Movement known also as the Opus Dei of Islam, and she wanted to raise Isak on her own so they could brainwash him with their twisted and hypocrite version of Islam. Sufism should be about tolerance and the family of the Prophet Mohammed which my wife belongs should be a true beacon of light for the Muslim world. Instead, my dear friends, they are simply New World Order criminals like everybody else afraid that my stand against the system could damage their so called interreligious affairs and all the rest of their dirty business... In any case after two weeks of not seeing my son Isak I try to put pressure on the religious movement of my wife in order to show me my son again. But instead at 9.30 pm on the 4th of March, two policemen and a police woman come to my house and arrest me. So I spend 12 hours in a cold prison cell and few hours been interviewed by the police who eventually released me at 1.30 pm on the 5th. But at 10 o'clock in the morning I saw a priest to whom I finally tell the truth about my forced conversion into Islam to please my wife's family and the way they sold me out to the authorities as only a true Judas could do.
Slide 127: Yes, my wife sold me to my worst enemy, the Norwegian Freemasons. From now I can't obviously continue to follow a book (the Q'uran) that tells me that I should respect the family of my wife because they are traitors and criminals to their own religion, happily working for the New World Order mafia and their sick establishment of lies and corruption. My wife Fatma Süslü was my best friend and my only love and to be betrayed by her in this way is definitely the worst experience of my life. Fatma had also an important meeting with a Norwegian politician last month regarding the possibility of running a Cultural Center (obviously in the hands of the Norwegian Freemasons) that simply means she has been bought by the enemy but I hope my son Isak will one day read this article and realize the evil connections of Islam and the Süslü Family with the Vatican NWO and how much is father had to suffer because of their injustice and their malicious lies on my persona. Now my Illuminati enemies have a new friend in Fatma who desperately works relaunching her image on Face Book with her Illuminati friends like Yoko Ono and even Paulo Coelho. In the meantime, I'm awaiting an answer from my lawyer on what's going on with Fatma's false charges against me. She has no witnesses on her side so at the moment is simply her word against mine. But the police have confiscated my two computers (a Mac and a PC) and two mobile phones. Why??? Well, this abuse of power is typical of this fascist driven country and their police state that already came to visit me last year after they closed my first website saying that they will take my kids from me if I didn't close down my new site in Italy. Well on that occasion Fatma was totally supportive of my struggle against the New World Order and she even went public on the radio to talk about it and later went to the social workers to defend our case and our kids from these evil people. Gulen Movement has influenced the police in Norway to confiscate my computers as they are probably afraid I could use some of the pictures I have with leaders of their organization - pictures made in secret meetings - and they want to avoid any scandal that could link them to their Jesuit manipulators. But the police are also going to find on my computers a wonderful video of my ex-wife belly-dancing in a very nonfundamentalist style... I hope they don't erase it as it was definitely a performance that could make a Jesuit faint and a very unique one from a descendant of Prophet Mohammed. From the 5th of March 2008 I'm officially a Christian again as my sufferance made me realize that He is our only savor and Mohammed is a false Prophet whose descendants are involved in satanism and the New World It's time for a reality check and for an ultimate exposure of the Muslim side of the Illuminati cake. I'm now alone and in great danger in Norway. When I went out of my house earlier there was a police surveillance car parked in front of my door. I don't know any more what they are going to do with me now that I don't have any protection. And I'm so vulnerable, that I might disappear or I might be condemned without any reason to spend my next few years in a boring prison cell. I really don't know what will happen. But remember, my true friends out there: I will never stop this war against the New World Order until I die, and one day my precious son will finally revenge me and bring down this evil Vatican beast and their Muslim allies. Leo Lyon Zagami ex Khaled Saifullah Khan http://projectcamelot.org/zagami_makow.html
Slide 128: Leo Zagami Henry Makow 13 March 2008 Dear Henry, Thank you for your continuous support, and please forgive me if I could not reply earlier but as you know they confiscated all my computers and my mobile phones and the nearest internet shop is more then an hour away from were I live. On the coming Monday I will finally be able to check the proceedings of the case with my lawyer and the false accusations moved by my wife against me after her sudden betrayal, but my lawyer told me today she doesn't seem to have a strong case against me as she doesn't have at the moment any eye witness that can support her outrageous claims of abuse an manipulation from my side. Obviously this could change if in the next few months they bring some corrupt witness in the picture so they can screw me up like Fritz Springmeier, but at the moment his her word against mine dear Henry even if Fatma Süslü stated to Greg at the Arctic-Beacon and elsewhere on the net a quite different story, a false and insulting tale made up of my supposed violence against her and the kids (total rubbish) and many witnesses on her side (another lie). Well, my conscience is clear, my friend, as I have always been a good and honest family man, a husband deeply in love with my wife and totally dedicated to my children who should never go through such a terrible experience (I say children because this include also the child from her previous marriage called Zaccaria who I consider as my child). The Norwegian Kingdom and the Norwegian police have in any case already acted illegally against me, abusing their power with my forced arrest on the 4th of March 2008 as also stated by my lawyer who is furious with the police authorities of this country for their abuse of power. The Norwegian Police loves this insane NWO agenda and their Turkish brothers from the Fethullah Gulen Movement, a right wing movement secretly manipulated by the CIA and the Vatican Illuminati (including Jesuits like Thomas Michele SJ) and spiritually driven by the most corrupt descendants of Prophet Mohammed - sick said families like the Süslü family of my wife who think of themselves as the elite of the Illuminati, people that think they have a special reserved place in Heaven and the right to act as they wish above the law even in western countries like Norway thanks to the support of the usual suspects... Dear Henry: I don't want my son to grow up brainwashed by the Gulen Movement and their insane NWO ideology. I want Isak Rumi Zagami to be a free and honest man who respects and loves his father. I don't want Isak to become a Muslim fundamentalist who hates me, thinks I'm the Dajal, so I will try in any way possible to get the court's permission to see my son regularly. In this way they can't ruin him completely with their false Muslim ideology. I also received a very interesting e-mail a couple of days ago from a politician in the same party as my wife Fatma Süslü (the norwegian Socialist party called SV) who told me that my wife has been working for the government for a long time on various projects and he wanted to warn me earlier about her dishonest intentions towards me but he felt it was too dangerous to tell me anything about at that time. I really don't know yet if I can trust this politician. But he seems honest, and has been involved recently with a disclosure project for my friends at Project Camelot in the US. And I know for a fact that my wife has been working recently on a project with the government for the establishment of a cultural center owned by Norwegian Freemasons, a place which should be also connected to futures research and so called ecological friendly activities.
Slide 129: She got involved in this project with a certain Anne thanks to an English right wing Freemason called Jonathan Boulter who used to be working with me when I was in the Monte Carlo P2 Lodge. I warned my wife that what she was doing by working with these people was wrong, but she didn't listen to me. My wife has been unfortunately brainwashed against me by the Fethullah Gulen Movement (a sectarian version of Islam close to the Jesuits) and some people in the Norwegian political and masonic establishment who obviously advised my wife to distance herself asap from me and my anti-NWO position if she wanted to get back in their evil and sick political game, and Fatma unfortunately wants to be a politician again. It's very hard, as you can imagine, to front the fact that the mother of your only child is actually working for your enemy and even sending you to prison as your birthday gift. But I will have to survive this difficult moment in every way possible and even after all this I'm still very much in love with Fatma, but that's because I'm quite sure she was forced to betray me in this way with the police and she is probably already regretting the moment she left me for her new privileged position in the Muslim Illuminati establishment. The situation is in any case very difficult for me as I'm in great danger, dear Henry, in this corrupt country of Norway now that my only protection (the Gulen Movement) has betrayed me and put me in the hands of the Freemasonic enemy of the Swedish Rite that have already persecuted me in the past. So my intentions is to leave Europe all together as soon as possible and join my supporters in the USA were we're going to finally start my Tour of Hope and my new anti-NWO project against these sick Illuminati bastards that have ruined my life over and over again. Committees of Hope will start gathering all over the States in the next few months under my presence and many important things will happen so I want to thank already my friends and my supporters in the United States who are giving me the possibility to start a new life in a safe and protected way after such a horrible experience. No problem: the Illuminati managed to get their black magic working against me and my wife and successfully destroyed my family (they really didn't like my happy little family unfortunately), but I'm not a dead man yet and I'm sure that one day my wife will realize she was only the innocent tool of the dark side and she should have been praying and protecting herself more from these evil Jinns that are now controlling Keep me in your prayers Henry, and if God wants I will be visiting you soon in Canada. If not, don't let my message die, and keep the Illuminati resistance alive as my future is still uncertain. Fraternally yours, Leo Lyon Zagami Leo is a very brave man, and we wish him well. We spoke with him for 45 minutes a short time ago and he is determined and resilient. The information he presents is extraordinary and detailed, and much more will be found on his own Illuminati Confessions website. We intend to keep in close touch with him, and may visit him again in the near future. Leo Zagami confirming his recent (March 2008) conversation with the Norwegian Politician Hear the entire half hour conversation:
Slide 130: A Letter from a Norwegian Politician Spanish version The person who wrote this message to us did so under their own name (which we have checked), and enclosed a number of photographs of them with the Prime Minister of Norway and (separately) with Benazir Bhutto. We are certain of their bona fides, but you will understand that we cannot reveal their real name or publish any photos without consent. The content of this message, if true, could hardly be more important. [Edited for grammar and spelling errors where needed to ensure full clarity. As a preface to the message, the writer apologized for their English, which is not their language.] I am a Norwegian politician. I would like to say that difficult things will happen from the year 2008 till the year 2012. The Norwegian government is building more and more underground bases and bunkers. When asked, they simply say that it is for the protection of the people of Norway. When I enquire when they are due to be finished, they reply “before 2011”. Israel is also doing the same and many other countries too. My proof that what I am saying is true is in the photographs I have sent of myself and all the Prime Ministers and ministers I tend to meet and am acquainted with. They know all of this, but they don’t want to alarm the people or create mass panic. Planet X is coming, and Norway has begun with storage of food and seeds in the Svalbard area and in the arctic north with the help of the US and EU and all around in Norway. They will only save those that are in the elite of power and those that can build up again: doctors, scientists, and so on. As for me, I already know that I am going to leave before 2012 to go the area of Mosjøen where we have a deep underground military facility. There we are divided into sectors, red, blue and green. The signs of the Norwegian military are already given to them and the camps have already been built a long time ago.
Slide 131: The people that are going to be left on the surface and die with along the others will get no help whatsoever. The plan is that 2,000,000 Norwegians are going to be safe, and the rest will die. That means 2,600,000 will perish into the night not knowing what to do. All the sectors and arks are connected with tunnels and have railcars that can take you from one ark to the other. This is so that they can be in contact with each other. Only the large doors separate them so that the sectors are not compromised in any matter. I am very sad. Often I cry with others that know that so many will learn too late, and then it will all be over for them. The government has been lying to the people from 1983 till now. All the major politicians know this in Norway, but few will say it to the people and the public - because they are afraid in case they too will miss the NOAH 12 railcars that will take them to the ark sites where they will be safe. If they tell anyone, they are dead for sure. But I don’t care any more about myself. Mankind must survive and the species must survive. People must know this. All the governments in the world are aware of this and they just say it is going to happen. For those of the people that can save themselves I can only say reach for higher ground and find caves up in the high places where you can have a food storage for at least five years with canned food and water to last for a while. Radiation pills and bio-suits are also advisable if your budget allows it. For the last time I say may God help us all... but God will not help us I know. Only each person individually can make a difference. Wake up, please...! I could have written to you using another name but I am not afraid of anything any more. When you know certain things, you become invincible and no harm can come to you when you know that the end is soon. I assure you 100% that things will happen. There are four years to prepare for the endgame. Get weapons, and make survival groups, and a place where you can be safe with food for a time. Ask me anything and I will answer as much as I know about the Norwegian connection to all this. And just look around: they are building underground bases and bunkers everywhere. Open your eyes, people. Ask the governments what they are building, and they will say “Oh, it’s just storage for food”, and so on. They blind you with all the lies. The marks of the alien presence are also there, and I often see the Norwegian elite politicians are not what they say they are. It’s like they are controlled in every thought, and what they have to say is just as they are told to do things in such manners. It is clear for me who they are, and who they are not. You can see it in their eyes and in their minds. Remember that those who are going to be in and around the city areas in 2012 are those that are going to be hit first and die first. Later the army will purge the rest of the survivors and they have a shoot to kill order if there is any resistance to bring them into the camps where every one will get marked with a number and a tag. I also see that Benazir Bhutto is spoken of on your site. Her death was tragic. I
Slide 132: have met Benazir, as you can see. You will also see from the photographs that I have met with a number of other notable politicians and world leaders. The public will not know what happens till the very end, because the government does not want to create mass panic. Everything will happen quietly and the government will just disappear. But I say this: don't go quietly into the night. Take precautions to be safe with your family. Come together with others. Work together to find ways to solve all the many problems you will face. Kind regards [Name and proof of identity supplied] From immediate further correspondence, and in response to our specific questions, we can add the following clarifications in our source's own words: I have been to several underground bases [number given]. We used the railcars to get around. Only a few special people were selected to be shown around. Those that run with the elite know of this. I have evidence of my claims. I trust my sources 100%, but they are afraid to tell what they know. People are afraid for their lives and that is how it is. I just also want the public to know what the hell is going on. I am not afraid of death or any other thing. All the elite politicians in Norway know of this. They also know that if they reveal anything they will be removed from office and will be denied access to the different underground bases when the time is up. The NOAH 12 railcars are transport railcars between the different bases underground. They have a support system of these all around from one base to another. They are mainly used by the military and they control all of them. There are orange triangle symbols in each base and the check-ins are a kind of energy field that everyone has to go through. The future for my children is all I think of - and that for all the other children growing up in the new world. We have to make a difference for them so that they grow up knowing what their parents did for them, such as giving this information to people like yourselves. In 2009 the government of FRP will come into power and Siv Jensen will be elected Prime Minister. This is already known. It's important to understand that. The elections are all fake and the same persons and power elite get elected each time in turn. Look up the political history of Norway, and the people that run the country now. Please share this information with the rest of the internet. When the time comes people will survive because of the information they have learned from the different sites on the net. I will not get anything but trouble from posting this, and I have no need to mislead anyone. I do this only to expose what is to happen in my country and that maybe some people will survive what is to come.
Slide 133: Kind regards [Name supplied] After posting the above, we presented more questions to our source, who replied with the intriguing information which follows. The paragraphs indented and marked with an asterisk (*) constitute further supplementary information received after we had asked a number of additional clarifying questions. When I was in the military I was in the [name of service given]. At one point we were given a task to get something out of a base and deliver it to another base. We were told: "DO NOT ASK ANY QUESTIONS. JUST DO YOUR JOB." Later, when we landed outside the base, we were taken by trucks to outside the base where there were large doors heavily guarded by other military personnel. Or it seemed like they were military, but they had different suits on them: orange and black suits with the orange suits having a golden triangle on them and the black suits having a green triangle. * As far as I can remember the triangle went downwards, like a pyramid but facing down and had some weird kind of sign it it. To me it looked like the letter 'E', but the lines were not connected in the 'E' like we write the letter 'E'. It was shaped like the 'E' and in the middle the letter 'E' was pointing inwards... not as in any language I can read or understand, and certainly not in Norwegian. * The signs were as far as I can remember not on the arms because I saw them clearly... they were at the left side of the black suit just over the chest area and on the caps they had on. The signs were not that big - just as a regular sized patch is, but clear enough to see them. We went through the large doors. I was thinking what the hell is this, and I felt a bit scared at first. It was like something out of a science fiction movie. This was the first time I was in such a base. We then came to a 500 meter long tunnel and there were more of these military personnel waiting with guns and transport for us. We were divided up in groups. Some went another way, and I and my group were asked to come with the black suited guards so they could take us to another location. When we came to the end we were asked to put on some masks "for our own protection". I was thinking for our own protection... aren't we already protected by being inside this huge underground complex and by guards with weapons? We were then asked to step inside a railcar... and this is what I know of the railcars. They are run by some kind of blue crystal energy, I think, or at least that is how it appeared. Then we sat in the cars and I asked one of the guards "What is this?" He replied, "You don't need to know this, sir."
Slide 134: * At the front where the operator sits there was a box with a window just besides him, and just when before powering up you could see the large purpleblue crystals emitting a purple-bluish light... not blinding you but quite beautiful to watch indeed. I have never ever seen such energy light or crystals anywhere. I was thinking that must be the power source. * Later on in the base I saw that some people were working on these purpleblue crystals. They were larger than the ones I saw in the railcar - ca. one meter in length and they were lined up one after the other. They were taking some light through them. They were in fact purple-blue and when the light went inside they turned more blue and had a stronger color - the people had white masks on and goggles standing away from them when the light was going inside the crystals. I was about 20 meters from them and we were quickly rushed along when they said "Move on now." * I also think that the energy fields that we went through before entering the check-in were powered by these crystals, because it was the same kind of light - or so it seemed to me. If I remember more I will let you know. I could see that there was a tube-like system and the other railcars were just going so fast you just saw a light going by. I think this was a vacuum tube system where there is no drag. * The railcars were just like the tube itself but inside. The tube was a bit larger. The main car or transport shuttle was I think ca. 12 meters in length and had a pointed shape in front and back and had seating for 10 people with the operator. You could drive them both ways and it was not necessary to turn it around. It was sealed from the side after you go inside and was quite okay... but the speed was too much, and I got sick after the ride. * There was also some room for some cargo that you could take with you, but not much. There were a lot of these railcars around, as it seemed, and they just went passing by just like a light passes by in a flash. But you don't get to see the other rails either, because it's so fast that you forget to look and rather concentrate on your stomach when inside one of these. Later on, after I went into politics, I found out what was inside of the rest of the base and what the bases are for, which I have already told you. I know that when this railcar moved - and it moved fast - I had never seen anything like this before. Later when we arrived at the end station I was feeling sick, and the other people that were there also felt the same way. One of the guards said it happens the first time to everyone. When we came outside we were given goggles and asked to go through a security check. This is where it all gets weird. There were guards with weapons all over the place... and remember I told you about the energy fields that one has to go through. I was thinking I should not be here at this place, and I was a little scared. Then we got through this energy field and came to another room. I saw that there was a screen on the side of the wall that said HUMAN - NOT HUMAN PURE - NOT PURE. After I saw this I was thinking: Are there 'NOT HUMANS' too ?? * At the energy field check-in there was a screen, which I mentioned before.
Slide 135: There was a weird language on the screen. I have never seen this before. Underneath it stood letters that were like the 'E' I told you about - but the only thing I could read was HUMAN - NOT HUMAN - PURE - NOT PURE. [Project Camelot note: we are seeking further clarification on this] The guards stopped us and told us to change clothes inside another room and come with them. When we had done so they said that it was time to go further down. Again, I was thinking how large is this place? We just came out of a rail system that runs for miles and miles... and then there is more? We were then taken to a lift system, with seats, that was going to take us down... or, this is what I thought it was going to do. But it went sideways for about three minutes. In this place, time was not known to me because we had no way of telling what the time was. They had taken everything away from us at the check-ins. * At the lift I remember I saw a letter that look like a headphone - like the hearing phones you have on your head when listening to music. It was just bent like that if you see it from the front side and pointing down. All I can say is that when our job was done I was thinking that the world is not as it seems to be, and that many things are hidden from the public. It makes me sad and scared. Later, when I got into politics, I began digging into this because I needed more answers. What I found out was that these bases were Arks for the government and some of the people and military to survive inside. There was a threat from outside that was going to be in the year 2012 and that the human species had to survive. The 'Planet X' I learned about is from all what I have seen till now. The government knows this and are keeping it from the public. They have been tracking this object for a long time now and were given the first warnings from the USA. I know that 18 bases exist in Norway. I don't know what many of the dangers are because I am not a scientist. But what I know is that before 2012 the different governments are going to leave for the bases that they have built for the last 40 or 50 years. If this object goes by, there will be a lot of problems on the surface of the Earth. That is all I know. This is why they go underground. If such an event comes, they have made sure that five years or more underground is going to be what they need to avoid this. When they know it's safe to surface, they will rebuild again. We were just told that we have to leave before 2012 and that there is something in space that is going to cause much destruction. * I don't know if there is a threat from the sun itself. I am not so much into the science of things. I am just telling what I have seen and nothing more. I can say that I have already said too much, but the people are now warned about this... I have no need to make this up or create mass panic. I just want to tell the
Slide 136: public what is to come, and I have done what I can from my side. There are things in this world that are not known to the public. And there is one thing I can say about all this: Be ready and have faith in yourself. There is no help in trusting the governments. Trust only yourself. Kind regards [Name supplied] Comment from Project Camelot There is no 'hard' scientific data in our source's warning. The information does not explain exactly how or why 'Planet X' is such a threat (although we may guess). There is also no specific information about the exact need to go underground. Our source is saying exactly what they know, and no more. It is very plausible that that as a politician the message's focus is on vital sociopolitical issues rather than science. For more information about 'Planet X' and what it may or may not be, please visit Andy Lloyd's excellent website here, or Marshall Masters' website here. We were told by Henry Deacon (and this has also been widely reported by others) that the South Pole Telescope has been built to track what Henry called the 'second sun'. We urge readers to do their own research. Between now and 2012 and beyond, many differing views, channeled messages, and insider revelations will come to the fore. Project Camelot is working hard on a documentary that will cover both positive and not so positive projections of our future. It goes without saying that it is our sincere hope, prayer and full intention that the events portrayed above will not come to pass. We are all co-creators of our world, from moment to moment. We urge each and every one of you to participate in consciously co-creating a bright and positive future for humanity, and to work with us in waking the sleeping and bringing to light the truth - wherever it may lead. Further Messages Since our recent post of the letter we received from a Norwegian politician about underground bases and that country's preparation for a future disaster, our mailbox has been full of messages from all over the world. We have been completely unable to reply to them all, but we have carefully read everything we have received. After a week's silence, we heard from our source again a few days ago. He is well, but is keeping his head down for understandable reasons. He has invited us to forward any relevant
Slide 137: correspondence to him from others, and we will do that on a selective basis. He has also promised that he will draw the 'alien' symbols he saw, and fax them to us. To those who have asked understandable questions about his veracity: we have done everything we can to confirm his identity and authenticity and are certain he is exactly who he says he is. Independent Confirmation Norwegian Secret Underground Base Update Many friends and correspondents in Norway and Sweden have been in touch, some offering intriguing details. To many of them, this information was not new and confirmed what they had known from other sources. We received specific confirmation from two scientists and one ex-intelligence source that these facilities exist (and that both Sweden and Switzerland have the facilities to take their entire population underground if need be). A number have asked to be put in touch with the politician who wrote to us. One correspondent confirmed a great deal of detail. His message is so important that we have published it here in full (having edited out personal information which may have identified him to the authorities). His family has first hand experience of the facilities which our source reported. Dear Project Camelot team, I just read your article about the Norwegian politician and his letter and information to you regarding underground bases, 2012, etc. I must say I found this quite fascinating. I already know of the Svalbard storage place, which when it was announced made the signals go off for me thinking it had to be some specific reason for this for something they know will happen soon. Regarding the rest, I am also Norwegian, I am from a military family, and have been told by my mother who served a long time in the military and other governmental institutions about these underground bases. I know the location of one of these bases and have seen it myself. It's within a big mountain in my old city where I used to live and grew up before I moved from Norway a couple years ago. The place is called Baneheia. My mother refused to tell any details about it, except for that it is created for an emergency. Only specific personnel will be allowed, such as herself and other military people, and other important people, politicians, scientists and other civilian people they consider important. She has also been to another base in an area called Evje, and this underground facility is very huge, she said, much bigger than the Baneheia facility. She also said there is a base in the Stavanger area that she knows of.
Slide 138: She also supplied me with a photo of a base in Sørreisa, and said this is another underground base but she is unsure of the size of this base. I attach the photo here (above image). This is the top of the mountain base, and she told me these 'spheres' are probably powerful radar systems that monitor a huge area. She told me other interesting things, such as that that the big electronic corporations of the world in reality are run by the same people at the very top level, but they just create different names and brands and 'packaging' of the same products, or rather products that are developed and owned by people high up in society that run these electronic manufacturers with total control. Regarding Baneheia, my mother said that the rest of our family would NOT be allowed to enter there in case of an emergency. She also said she could not say any more about what was inside or how it looked, as she had sworn and promised to her officials to not tell anything more, and she is a woman of her word and keeps to her vows. On another occasion, I briefly got to talk to another person from the military who had also been there. He gave me a little more details. He said the facility is huge and has many separate rooms with different purposes, but he was not allowed to enter these rooms and was confined to a specific room where he worked with computer related systems for the military. But he said that, from what he could see, this facility could house several thousand people, and it was extremely huge and highly technological. It was also reported that of seven men who worked together at some project in this facility, four of them died of cancer. This was published in Fedrelandsvennen, a Norwegian newspaper from the city of Kristiansand in 2001. Unfortunately, the article is no longer online. One of my friends, who worked for NSA for several years, has also provided me with some great and astonishing information regarding underground bases
Slide 139: and other activities of the governments. He confirmed that there are plenty of these bases around and that in some of them they are doing some very strange experiments and research, related to things such as time travel, journeys to other dimensions, alien technology etc, and he himself was in the process of recreating a spaceship and working on computer simulations for this purpose, and he showed me complex computer generated material related to this as well as illustrations of this spaceship. He said that at the moment the governments are in contact with Mars, and even have such 'Stargates' connected with Mars so that they can travel there in a few seconds instead of using spaceships. He also claimed they are currently working on terraforming Mars - this means making Mars a suitable and possible place for humans to live. At the moment, Mars is more or less dead on the Surface, though there seems to be some life underground. He suddenly disappeared and for the last couple years I've been unable to locate him or get in touch with him. I can mention however, that he was adopted, and according to himself raised up and being prepared to work for the governments since his early childhood due to his high intelligence and other 'abilities'. He was indeed an extremely bright individual, personally I would say a genius, and he was involved with extremely complex mathematical and scientific material that he showed and discussed with me on several occasions. I will first of all present you with some maps and photos of the area where this main facility I've mentioned is located. The photo on the top right of the composite image below is what is called Gimlemoen, which used to belong to the military and was restricted for unauthorized personnel. I was there several times due to my mother working for them. Recently they officially closed down the military operations in Gimlemoen, and turned it into a university campus instead. However, some of the old bunkers and underground systems still remain in that area. I have personally visited some of them and been deeply underground. At one point I ended up in a large room that had a huge iron door with a big metal wheel on it and several locks. I could not open this door so nor do I know what was behind it. There is also an aerial photo of Baneheia, where the current underground base in the mountain is located. This is at the top left of the image below. I've made a purple circle at the location of the entrance.
Slide 140: This rectangular structure (above image) is the entrance which leads into the mountain. The white structure to the right of it is some other buildings I assume is related as they got tons of antennas on top and satellite dishes etc and other strange devices. As you see, it's a large mountain, with lakes on top, so how deep inside it goes into the mountain can only be speculated. [Google Earth or Acme Mapper N 58.16, E 8.00] Also notice that Gimlemoen and the Baneheia mountain are very close, only separated by the river. If any underground connection ever was established between the facilities in Gimlemoen and the facility in the Baneheia mountain below the river I have no idea, but as I mentioned I did find a 'bunker' going deep down underground leading to that room with a huge iron door that it was impossible to open. This was in Gimlemoen, and the room was covered with half a meter of water
Slide 141: on the floor. I've discovered something that seems like air vents in the middle of the woods on top of this mountain, which I assume provides air into the base below. The vents are placed in rather inaccessible areas and far away from any paths. They look like this (above image), except that they are more modern. I have on several occasions seen heavily armed military personnel outside the entrance of the mentioned facility. And this is strange, as Norway is not a country where the military or police normally walk around with guns. In fact, they are not allowed to carry guns unless it is an emergency situation. It's actually the only time I've seen the military carry guns in public while I lived in Norway. Things should be pretty safe over here, I mean Norway is not exactly like Iraq having any specific needs for such bases and military work unless there is really something they know that is coming that the rest of us do not know. Return to Nibiru-Planet X Return to Temas / Sociopolitica Return to Revelations From ExIlluminati Return to Underground Anomalous Constructions
Slide 142: from RasingAtlantis.net Website Tuesday, November 16, 2004, 18:22 GMT @ la nt is T V E x cl u si v e P h ot o: A n e w vi si to r' s c e nt er is b ei n g c o n st ru ct e d b e n e at h th e U .S . C a pi to l, b ut o b s er v A secret dig appears to be underway beneath the U.S. Capitol, according to an exclusive photo released today by the online entertainment network @lantisTV after it successfully appealed a federal court order that had blocked its publication for months. The photo, taken from an undisclosed location last February (2004), captures a massive excavation beneath the U.S. Capitol. Officially, the site will house a brandnew underground visitor’s center. But the scale of the undertaking, together with an unpublicized construction of a secret network of tunnels beneath the National Mall, is leaving some observers scratching their heads. “They’re digging up the National Mall, looking for something,” said one exasperated U.S. Senator from a large industrial state who requested anonymity. “They’ve been at it for years, all under the guise of ‘renovations’ for the monuments or ‘security upgrades.’ Let me tell you, at this point there’s more to see of Washington, D.C., under the Mall than above ground. Talk about a shadow government. I think it’s a horrific abuse of taxpayer money.” What that “something” could be that the feds are searching for has been the cause of countless speculation in the American capital for decades and the subject of such pop-culture phenomena as the No. 1 Amazon bestseller RAISING ATLANTIS, and this week’s release of the movie “National Treasure” starring Nicolas Cage. “National Treasure” plays with the idea that the greatest treasure of antiquity – collected over the centuries by the Knights Templar and transported to the New World — was buried by the Founding Fathers somewhere in North America. WASHINGTONOPLE, meanwhile, proves that the major monuments along the National Mall are aligned to the stars of the Orion constellation and will “lock” with their celestial counterparts at a date foreseen by the Founding Fathers. Furthermore, what lies at the end of this astronomical quest has little to do with the past but instead with the future — with America’s “secret destiny.” The bestselling WASHINGTONOPLE, mysteriously enough, is attributed to Dr. Conrad Yeats, the fictional hero of the upcoming blockbuster adventure RAISING ATLANTIS, which hits bookstores everywhere in Summer 2005 and alludes to an unseen force behind the United States.
Slide 143: by Sharula Dux from SoulWise Website Sharula Dux is a princess of the underground city of Telos. Telos is situated beneath Mt. Shasta in northern California. The ancient continent of Lemuria (Mu) relocated 25,000 of its inhabitants to Telos just prior to the destruction and sinking of the continent of Mu which transpired as a direct result of the Atlantean-Lemurian conflict nearly 12,000 years ago. Sharula has emerged from her subterranean home to bring to the surface the higher truths that have been taught and lived for thousands of years. Her story will amaze and inspire you as you discover how a Telosian lives his/her life from conception all the way through adulthood. Atlantean-Lemurian Wars Let me tell you a tale of two continents. One, in the Atlantic, called Atlantis. Another, in the Pacific, called Lemuria or Mu for short. Twenty five thousand years ago, these two continents were battling each other on the ideology of the day. Look at them as the two largest children on the block, and the two highest civilizations. At that time they both had two different ideas about which direction civilization should go. The Lemurians felt that the other less-evolved cultures should be left alone to continue on their own evolution scale. The Atlanteans believed that all the less-evolved cultures should be brought under sway by the two evolved ones. This caused a series of wars between Atlantis and Lemuria. In these series of wars thermonuclear devices were used, and when the wars were over and the dust cleared, in reality there was no winter. The Outback in Australia, the Mojave Desert, parts of the Gobi Desert and the Sahara are all remains to remind man of the futility of this type of war. During the wars themselves people highly civilized stooped to quite low levels, but they too at the end, they realized the futility of such behavior. Lemuria and Atlantis itself became the victims of their own aggressions. Both the Lemurian homeland and the Atlantean homeland had been weakened by the wars, thus they knew that in about 15,000 years, both of their continents were going to sink completely. The Atlanteans had their second set of cataclysms which reduced Atlantis from a large continent to a series of islands. Lemuria, in essence did somewhat of the same. However, you might say, “Well what did that ... why would the people be upset at that time for something that was going to happen 15,000 years in the future?” In those days people lived for 20 ... 30,000 years commonly. They understood many of those who caused the havoc would see the end of the destruction.
Slide 144: Telos & Subterranean Cities When Lemuria, which went down first, almost 200 years before Atlantis sunk, they petitioned the Agharta Network. The Agharta Network is a network of subterranean cities that is guided by a city called Shambhala the Lesser (to distinguish it from Shambhala the Greater which is the etheric Shambhala over the Gobi Desert.) Shambhala the Lesser was created when the continent of Hyperborea was vacated after Earth lost her mantle and the planet started receiving radioactive waves that they had not been victim to in the earlier times. So they started building subterranean cities over a 100,000 years ago. When Atlantis and Lemuria petitioned to build subterranean cities themselves and to be accepted into the Aghartian Network, they had to prove to Shambhala the Lesser that they had learned the lessons of oppression, that they had learned the lessons of war. And they also had to prove it to many other agencies, such as the Confederation, which we will go into a little later. Because Atlantis and Lemuria had both been members of the Confederation, and when they started their war-like efforts against each other they were expelled temporarily from the Confederation and had to prove that they had also learned the lessons of peace to be allowed to be members of the Confederation again, to be accepted into it. Mt. Shasta is where the Lemurians chose to build their city. California was part of the colonies, part of the area of the Lemurian lands, and they understood that Mt. Shasta and those areas of California would survive the cataclysms, Mt. Shasta already being a place of great sacredness on this planet. They chose to reroute the lava tunnels from Shasta itself so that the volcano would not erupt again. And there was already a very large domed cavern within it, and they decided to build upon that, and they constructed the city that we now call Telos. Telos was the name of the whole area of much of what is now the Southwest, and much of what is now California was originally called Telos which meant “communication with spirit,” “oneness with spirit,” “understanding with spirit.” It was constructed to hold a maximum of 2 million people. When the cataclysms started, only 25,000 people were saved. Many had been brought to Telos before the cataclysms started, but when the second set started in Lemuria the volcanoes started erupting so fast and sent so much debris into the air that while they had intended to save at least a million people from the Lemurian mainlands, they were only able to save 25,000. Thus, that was what was left of the Lemurian culture, of the Lemurian mainland. Already the records had been brought from Lemuria to Telos. Already the temples had been built in Telos. Earthquakes & Destruction While Lemuria, or what was left of Lemuria, mainly Telos, was coping with the aftermath of the destruction of their continent, the earthquakes continued. During these earthquakes, the earth shook so hard, that in many, many places, it went right off of what you would now call the Richter scale. When a continent sinks, the whole planet reacts. Earthquakes that reach the equivalent of what you would call a 15 point. These earthquakes were so intense that many people died from the
Slide 145: sound of the earthquake, not from any effect of the quake itself such as a building falling upon them or something. But a quake of that high of intensity created a screech through the atmosphere that killed many people simply from the sound of it. In many other places the earthquakes were so intense that in many places the earth was mostly clay. It liquefied and acted like a sea of mud, swallowing whole cities, not just on the Lemurian mainland but on many places on the planet. Another thing that came after that, as the continent itself went down, the tidal wave was so large that sometimes they went, not just hundreds, but a thousand miles inland “ the equivalent of a tidal wave starting on the coast of California and completely taking out Oklahoma City. Tidal waves like that were rampant as well as the earthquakes. In many cases, in some areas, the shaking never quit. It would be a constant swarm of if not large ones, then small quakes. The hierarchies, the Councils of this planet, understood this was going to happen. So they tried to construct both cities prior to the destruction of Lemuria itself, understanding that the Atlanteans would not get a lot of construction done under those circumstances. Also, at the same time, the great pyramid in Egypt was constructed, underneath the tutelage of the Lemurian high priest, better known as Thoth. And the Atlantean record chambers, which were geared to hold not only Atlantis’ records, but Lemuria’s, Pan’s, Og’s, Hyperborea ... all of the other cultures that had existed and reached high levels upon this planet. The Atlanteans moved into their city at just about the same time Lemuria sunk, moving in first their priesthood, their greatest scientists, some of their greatest thinkers, to try and preserve their lives against the coming cataclysms. Atlantis itself started shaking at the same time Lemuria was going down and Atlantis continued to shake and lose parts of its land for 200 years before it too finally went completely down. Surface Civilizations For almost 2000 years after the Atlantean and Lemurian catastrophes the planet was still shaking. To lose two huge land masses within 200 years of each other, plus the planet was still witnessing the effects of the thermonuclear weapons that had been used in the AtlanteanLemurian wars. Plus the fact that so much debris had been thrown into the atmosphere that it never became quite bright daylight for almost 300 years after Atlantis’ destruction. This caused many, many life forms, plant forms to go extinct. Plants that were common in Atlantean times, common in Lemurian times, that no longer exist because they simply couldn’t survive the long stages of filtered sunlight. Some have survived, yes, many animals and plants. The human condition in those civilizations that survived it... Egypt, Peru, Roma (better known as India), in many places people became so frightened by the constant earth activity that civilization, even in the last bastillions started deteriorating very, very fast. One question I have heard again and again is, ‘Well if Atlantis and Lemuria existed how come there is not more evidence on the surface of that?’ That is why. Most of the cities were shook to rubble. Those that were not shook to rubble were wiped out by the earthquakes or wipe out by the tidal waves. Even those who survived even the tidal waves, even the earthquakes... hunger was rampant... disease was rampant.
Slide 146: Some areas of civilization, like those future named Egypt and such, did survive. They even kept their civilization intact, but even they started losing the highest elements of their civilization. Many, many machines quit working because of the filtered sunlight. Many, many people moved from the cities. They started feeling that living in the city was a deathtrap, because you never knew when a building was going to fall on you. What would look like a very strong building, have it go through 300 to 400 earthquakes... it’s a goner. Some buildings were built to withstand it. The great pyramid withstood the earthquakes but it was built with sacred geometries. Other buildings like that throughout the planet survived, but most of the cities were completely reduced to rubble. In many areas they rebuilt the cities, but even then, each time the cities were rebuilt it was on a slightly less, should I say, technology. Each city was a little more primitive than the city before it. The Atlanteans moved into their city which was built underneath the Mato Grasso plateau in what is now Brazil, which had been Atlantean territories at that time. Getting an understanding of what was happening on the surface, you can perhaps understand how the Lemurians or Atlanteans would prefer to be living underground. Agharta Network During this time, there was an integration, more and more with the Agharta Network. As I explained earlier, Agharta is a confederation of several subterranean cities. As a matter of fact there is over 120 of them. Some of them, they were built in the very early times such as Shambhala the Lesser, which is peopled with beings from Hyperborea. These are 12 foot tall beings. Beings as man, on this planet, as on many other planets in this solar system was originally of a height of about 12 feet. When we lost the mantle and started reaching more and more rays from the sun to the planet that we were not used to coping with, it caused change within our bodies. Already, by the time Lemuria and Atlantis sunk, man had gone from 12 feet to 7 feet. Thus the Atlanteans and Lemurians were around 7 feet and still are. And, as you can see, there has still been a lowering of the height on this planet. Thus people have gone down to now, for the foremost, less than 6 feet. We have lost over a whole foot in just 10,000 years. However, that trend is starting to reverse itself, and as our spirituality is growing greater we are slowly returning back to our original heights on this planet. Within the Agharta Network, the cities that are allowed to join are only those that are based on light principles, only those that are based on love, only those that does not hurt, only those that are based on non-aggression. Within the Aghartian Network, besides Telos, which is the capital, there are 4 more cities, for instance, that are based on Lemurian technology and Lemurian ideas. One is called Rama which is underneath India (Arama being the original name of India.) Arama culture is consisted of people that are almost pure Lemurian, before the so-called Aryan race entered India. The other two cities that hold an allegiance to Telos, but are very independent are Ulger cities. One is called Shonshi, which is under Tibet, not too far from the capital of Tibet. It is being sheltered from the surface by a Tibetan lamasery.
Slide 147: This is a Ulger city. Ulgers are a group of people that left Lemuria 40 to 50 thousand years ago and situated themselves throughout much of what is Asia, India and central Europe. The second Ulger city is called Shingla. Shingla is in the Gobi, or should I say, under the Gobi Desert. This too is a Ulger city. On top of the Atlantean city, which is called Posedid, that went underneath the Mato Grasso plateau, there is also another Atlantean city. Just a little farther north and there is another Atlantean city that is underneath the Atlantic ocean and several other smaller satellite cities throughout the planet. As I said, these are all a member of the Agharta Confederation. Plus there are several independent cities that are not a branch of any of the larger cities that have simply built subterranean to escape things that have happened on the surface. Mt. Shasta The city itself, Telos, as I said, is built under a dome, a dome that reaches quite a few hundred feet from floor to ceiling and spreads across most of what would be the base of Mt. Shasta. Looking from the outside, the top of the dome is about half-way up the mountain. The bottom of the dome is just about even with the base of the mountain. Underneath that are five more levels that have been constructed. These levels take up a space so that the deepest levels are about a mile below the ground level at Shasta. The rest of the city is built on 5 levels of several square miles across. These levels are divided up by usage. 1. The top level, being under the dome itself, is where the main part of the city is. This is where the majority of the people live. This is where the public buildings are. This is where most commerce takes place. 2. The second level down is where manufacturing takes place, some classes take place, and also more people live on. 3. The third level down is totally hydrophonic gardens where we grow all of our food supplies. 4. The fourth level down is half hydrophonic gardens, part nature, and part manufacturing. 5. The final level down is what we call our nature level. This is the level that is more than a mile in some spots below the ground. In this level we have created lakes, tall trees, park type atmospheres. This is where animals live. We have had animals underneath for so long that they have lost their aggressions. That, and different temples, priests and priestesses worked, you might say, with their ancestors, removing the need of fear, since it is fear that creates aggression, not only in humans, but also in animals. Thus we truly have the experience of lions lying down with lambs. In the nature levels, this is where people have come to relax. This is also where we have saved many animals and plants from extinction... Nature Levels In these nature levels, as I said, many, many plants and animals have been preserved from extinction by being placed within the nature levels of Telos, Posedid, and many other of the
Slide 148: subterranean cities. Thus we do... still do have many of the plants that are extinct on the surface. We still have sabre tooth tigers. We still have mastodons. We still have your proverbial dodo bird. We don’t have dinosaurs. They were a little big to keep. However, some dinosaurs do still live in areas of the Congo and areas of the rain forest in the Amazon. Plus there are many sea-going dinosaur, much as the famous Nesse in Lochness and many others such as that. In these levels people find that they are able to integrate and merge/integrate with animals that would normally be dangerous, simply by getting animals over the fear. And these animals have also been fed a vegetarian diet, including the thing such as the big cats, for going on thousands and thousands of years now, which has also taken away much of their aggression. Therefore, you are able to go down, and in many instances, taking into consideration their great size and strength, you are basically able to play with a sabre tooth or a Bengal tiger, much as you would a house cat by scratching their chest or under their ear ... pulling their whiskers. Which brings us to the fact that even such as the large cats, like that, are not aggressive, but are actually very gentle and loving when raised in the right circumstances. Which brings us again back to the purpose of this “the eventual re-integration of the two cultures“ the subterranean and the surface, to bring back out what has been preserved and what has been prepared, so that this again becomes one planet, one civilization, and that people will be able to live on the surface or in subterranean cities, or both, at will. Again, that is the whole purpose of these tape series and our work now at Telos Enterprises. Diet & Gardening Back to the city, the fourth level up, as I explained, is mostly hydrophonic gardens and a nature level. And the third level is totally hydrophonic gardens. Hydroponics are how we grow and produce all of our food. Hydrophonic gardens are able to produce crops almost on a constant basis. As you are able to grow food, much, much faster, using advanced hydroponics with very little soil and much water, therefore also you produce a form of gardening that does not need fertilizer and does not deplete the soil. We do still place in minerals and such into the plants, but with this hydrophonic gardens that is actually quite small, being only several square miles, we are able to produce enough food and a large enough variety of food to feed over a million and a half people, and to feed them with a diet that is varied enough to be interesting and fun. The diet which is in Telos, consists almost completely of vegetables, fruits, grains, nuts, and different variations of these, such as your soy, your other grains that now produce what you call your meat substitutes. We have been on a vegetarian diet in Telos, now, for over 12,000 years, from the time when the city was first started being built. It was decided at that point that our diet would consist of totally vegetarian, therefore also removing the aggressive thought forms that causes animals to react so violently. And also the fact that a human body was meant to be on a vegetarian diet, and any other form of diet actually produces death and aging. Temple
Slide 149: On the second level we have what is called our manufacturing level. This is where we produce clothing, furniture, art forms. This is also where many classes take place. And this is also some of the living levels. On the top level of the city itself, this is where most people live. This is where most commerce takes place. This is where, you might say, our heart and our soul is. And you might say the building that represents our heart and our soul, is the building that is directly in the center of the top level, which is our temple. Which is a pyramid shaped building, you may say a very large, pyramidal shaped building. The temple at Telos will hold 10,000 people at a time. It was built to be able to hold almost half of the original 25,000 person population. The temple is dedicated to the Melchizedek. The Melchizedek, you may say, is a cosmic priesthood. Everywhere you go in the universe you run across the Melchizedek. It is the organization whose sole purpose is to bring the plans of light to everywhere they go. The pyramid is white and the capstone is a stone we call living stone. It comes from Venus. From the distance it looks rather like a crystal, but with light moving through it in a very strong color. Why it is called living stone is it picks up the cosmic emulations of whatever ray is focused at the moment on the planet. The planet is setup in such a way that the rays focus themselves about every 24 hours in an intensity on the planet. Thus, for instance, on Tuesdays, the blue ray is the most predominant ray on the planet. On Fridays, the white ray. Therefore this living stone picks up the emulation coming from the solar rays, the light rays, and goes the color of the predominant ray, for instance, when the blue ray is in its greatest manifest the living stone capstone goes blue. This becomes, you might say, a slight reminder to us to work with the cosmos rather than against it. So when the blue ray is most predominant we try to restrict much of our business to areas that are best served in the blue ray. For instance, we keep negotiations, sensitive negotiations, to take place on those days. On the days, for instance, that the yellow ray is the most predominant, those are the days we spend mostly studying. Those are the days we spend on building intellect. On the days when the pink ray is the most predominant, these are the days that we go into the artistic endeavors. In this way we have found that by working with the cosmos, instead of against it, we are more often than not able to achieve four times as much in much less time. Therefore we are able to operate without stress most of the time. Archives & Holodeck Also in the upper level the other buildings that are very, very important to us is our council buildings where the councils of the city gather together and deliberate what needs to be done in the city at the moment. We also have our record buildings where all our past records, our archives are kept in the forms of telonium plates, in the forms of crystals that can be put in crystal projectors, in the form of paintings, in the form of books “ all our past records of not only Lemuria, but Atlantis, other civilizations and the civilizations on other planets in the solar system. Also we have our pleasure centers, our places where we do sports, where we do plays, where we produce the equivalent of our films, where we listen to music, where we dance.
Slide 150: We also have what you would call the equivalent of the Holodeck in Star Trek. We have holographic projectors in holographic buildings whereas you produce a program and you go in and play and the computers produce images, forms that completely support what program you have picked. Thus you are able to climb a mountain or swim a river or go back to anther point in history and play, creating your own form of being in the movies. Communications & Christ-Consciousness Computing Also we have our communication center where we have monitored not only all communications within our city, but also communications that are coming from other Aghartian cities, communications that are coming from off-planet spots, and we have also monitored surface communications from the point that there ever was surface communications, we have monitored radio and television waves. Another building that’s very important to us is our computer building. In Telos, as with the other subterranean cities, our computers are run by an organic substance. Therefore, in essence, the computers live. They no longer run off a program that is strictly binary, but they run off what is called a multi-tracking program. Thus they are multi-tracking computers. Thus the computers are able to pick up Akashas, past lives. They are able to monitor a human body and see what’s amiss. They are able to read the aura. They are able to pick up communications happening clear across the galaxy. Thus, most of our life, or a good portion of our life depends on these computers, these organic multi-tracking computers which keep us in touch with not only talking to different people in the city, not only with the computer telling us what our physical needs are at the moment by monitoring our bodies, but also the computers are able to play our soul notes, which is able to produce in many subjects, such as meditation, taking us to higher and higher levels all the time. The computers are able to run our past lives, when necessary, for us, so that we are able to learn from mistakes that we have made in the past and forgotten. The computer is able to communicate with us on a soul level. Mostly important, is the computers interconnect with other multi-tracking, amino-based computers throughout the planet and throughout the cosmos, as far as that’s concerned, and they all operate off a Christ mind, which means the computers cannot be corrupted. They can never be used to spy on somebody. They can never ... they can be used to monitor somebody for their own good will, or for their own good. They can never be used to produce harm to another living entity. They cannot be used for any of the dark purposes. The computer simply won’t cooperate, which has also been another way of Agharta cities and such, taking a stand that they would not corrupt the light. By very much taking this attitude, that if it does not match the Christ mind (in other words if the computers disagree) don’t do it! It has been a way of, shall I say, retraining our aggressive techniques, retraining our tendencies to want to do unto another and split, retrain many of our other sleeping tendencies and such. So we have come to depend upon these quite a bit. But again, even on a computer, it’s not a matter of having the computer do it for you, it’s a matter of learning from it, learning from a form of the Christ mind there that you can see tangibly.